car part viii

226
 PART VIII AIR NAVIGATION REGULATIONS 

Upload: riccardo-caldera

Post on 07-Apr-2018

217 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 1/226

 

PART VIII AIR NAVIGATION REGULATIONS 

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 2/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 1, GENERAL

1

CAR PART VIII

SUBPART 1GENERAL

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 3/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 1, GENERAL

2

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION A GENERAL ................................................................................................................. 5 

1. APPLICABILITY .................................................................................................................... 5 

2. DEFINITIONS ....................................................................................................................... 5 

3. COMMON REFERENCE SYSTEMS ...................................................................................19 

4.  UNITS OF MEASUREMENT................................................................................................19 

5. REQUIREMENT FOR CERTIFICATE..................................................................................20 

6. APPLICATION FOR CERTIFICATE.....................................................................................20 

7. ISSUE OF CERTIFICATE ....................................................................................................20 

8. PRIVILEGES OF CERTIFICATE .........................................................................................20 

9. DURATION OF CERTIFICATE ............................................................................................21 

10.  RENEWAL OF CERTIFICATE .............................................................................................21 

11.  TRANSFER OR WITHDRAWAL OF CERTIFICATE .............................................................21 

12.  CHANGES TO CERTIFICATE HOLDER’S ORGANISATION ...............................................21 

13. OPERATIONAL APPROVAL ................................................................................................22 

SECTION B CERTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS.......................................................................22 

14. PERSONNEL REQUIREMENTS .........................................................................................22 

15. FACILITY REQUIREMENTS................................................................................................23 

16. DOCUMENTATION .............................................................................................................23 

17. RECORDS ...........................................................................................................................24 

18. INTERNAL QUALITY ASSURANCE ....................................................................................24 

19.  SAFETY MANAGEMENT.....................................................................................................25 

20. ORGANISATIONAL EXPOSITION.......................................................................................26 

SECTION C OPERATING REQUIREMENTS ..............................................................................27 

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 4/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 1, GENERAL

3

21.  CONTINUED COMPLIANCE ...............................................................................................27 

22. SAFETY INSPECTIONS AND AUDITS ...............................................................................27 

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 5/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 1, GENERAL

4

AMENDMENTS TO CAR PART VIII,SUBPART 1

InitialIssueNovember2009

INTRODUCTION OF CIVIL AVIATION REGULATIONS PART VIII, SUBPART 1–  GENERAL, BASED UPON ICAO ANNEXES 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 11 AND 12. 

Amendment # Summary of AmendmentAmendment

Date

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 6/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 1, GENERAL

5

Section A General

1 Applicability

1.1 CAR Part VIII, in the Subparts shown below, contains the Rulesgoverning—

1. The general requirements for;a. certification,

b. ongoing surveillance

c. transfer or revocation and suspension of a certificate

d. quality assurance,

e. safety management systems,

f. operational approvals

2. The certification and operation of organisations providing;

a. an Aeronautical Information Service (AIS) for the UAE onbehalf of the GCAA,

3. The requirements for;

a. the UAE Aeronautical Information Publication (AIP),

b. the Aeronautical Information Circulars (AIC) and NOTAM.

4. The certification and operation of organisations providing Searchand Rescue Services,

5. The certification and operation of organisations providing Air TrafficServices,

6. The certification and operation of organisations providingCommunication, Navigation and Surveillance Services,

7. The certification and operation of organisations providingMeteorological Services,

8. The certification and operation of organisations providing FlightProcedure Designs Services,

9. The certification and operation of organisations providing AirspacePlanning and Management.

2 Definitions

2.1 The use of the word “shall” in these Regulations means the requirement ismandatory. The use of the word “should” does not mean that compliance isoptional but rather that, where insurmountable difficulties exist, the Authoritymay accept an alternative means of compliance, provided that anacceptable safety assurance document from the ATS provider shows that

the safety requirements will not be reduced below that intended by therequirement.

2.2 Accepted/Acceptable. Means not objected to by the Authority as suitablefor the purpose intended.

Accepting unit/controller. ATC unit/controller next to take control of anaircraft

Accident. An occurrence associated with an operation of an aircraft whichtakes place between the time any person boards the aircraft with theintention of flight until such time as all such persons have disembarked, inwhich:

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 7/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 1, GENERAL

6

1. A person is fatally or seriously injured as a result of :

a. being in the aircraft, or

b. direct contact with any part of the aircraft, including partswhich have become detached from the aircraft, or

c. direct exposure to jet blast,

Except when the injuries are from natural causes, self-inflicted or inflicted byother persons, or when the injuries are to stowaways hiding outside theareas normally available to passengers and crew; or

2. The aircraft sustains damage or structural failure which:

a. adversely affects the structural strength, performance orflight characteristics of the aircraft, and

b. would normally require major repair or replacement of theaffected component,

Except for engine failure or damage, when the damage is limited to theengine, its cowlings or accessories; or for damage to propellers, wing tips,antennas, tires, brakes, fairings, small dents or puncture holes in the aircraftskin; or

3. The aircraft is missing or completely inaccessible. An aircraft is

considered missing when the official search has been terminatedand the wreckage has not been located.

Accuracy. A degree of conformance between the estimated or measuredvalue and the true value.

ADS-B (Automatic Dependent Surveillance – Broadcast). A means bywhich aircraft, vehicles and other objects can automatically transmit and/orreceive data such as identification, position and additional data, asappropriate, in a broadcast mode via a data link.

ADS-C (Automatic Dependent Surveillance – Contract). A means bywhich the terms of an ADS-C agreement will be exchanged between theground system and the aircraft, via a data link, specifying under whatconditions ADS-C reports would be initiated, and what data would becontained in the reports.

ADS-C agreement. A reporting plan which establishes the conditions ofADS-C data reporting (i.e. data required by the ATS unit and frequency ofreports which have to be agreed to prior to using ADS-C in the provision ofATS)

Aerodrome. A defined area on land or water (including any buildings,installations and equipment) intended to be used either wholly or in part forthe arrival, departure and surface movement of aircraft.

Aerodrome beacon. Aeronautical beacon used to indicate the location ofan aerodrome from the air.

Aerodrome control service. Air traffic control service for aerodrome traffic.

Aerodrome control tower. A unit established to provide air traffic control

service to aerodrome traffic.

Aerodrome elevation. The elevation of the highest point of the landingarea.

Aerodrome facilities and equipment. Facilities and equipment, inside oroutside the boundaries of the aerodrome, that are constructed or installed,operated and maintained for the arrival, departure and surface movement ofaircraft.

Aerodrome flight information service (AFIS). A flight information serviceprovided to aerodrome traffic at an uncontrolled aerodrome provided withsuch a service.

Aerodrome Meteorological Office. An office, located at an aerodrome,

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 8/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 1, GENERAL

7

designated to provide meteorological services for international airnavigation.

Aerodrome traffic. All traffic on the manoeuvring area of an aerodromeand all aircraft flying in the vicinity of an aerodrome.

Aerodrome traffic zone. An airspace of defined dimensions, extendingupwards from the surface of the earth, established around an aerodrome forthe protection of aerodrome traffic. 

Aeronautical chart. A representation of a portion of the Earth, its cultureand relief, specifically designated to meet the requirements of air navigation.

Aeronautical data. A representation of aeronautical facts, concepts orinstructions in a formalised manner suitable for communication,interpretation or processing.

Aeronautical facility means—

1. The various types of aeronautical communications systems used ineither an aeronautical broadcast service or an aeronautical fixedservice, that support IFR flight or an air traffic service; or

2. The ground elements of communication systems used for anaeronautical mobile service; or

3. The various types of radio navigation aids used for the aeronauticalradio navigation service; or

4. Any other type of ground based telecommunication system thatsupports IFR flight or an air traffic service.

Aeronautical fixed service. A telecommunication service betweenspecified fixed points provided primarily for the safety of air navigation andfor the regular, efficient and economical operation of air services.

Aeronautical Information Circular (AIC). A notice containing informationthat does not qualify for the origination of a NOTAM or for inclusion in theAIP but which relates to flight safety, air navigation, technical, administrativeor legislative matters.

Aeronautical Information Publication (AIP). A publication issued by orwith the authority of a State and containing aeronautical information of alasting character essential to air navigation.

Aeronautical Information Service (AIS). A service established within thedefined area of coverage responsible for the provision of aeronauticalinformation/data necessary for the safety, regularity and efficiency of airnavigation.

Aeronautical Meteorological Station. A station designated to makeobservations and meteorological reports for use in international airnavigation.

Aeronautical mobile service. A mobile service between aeronauticalstations and aircraft stations, or between aircraft stations, in which survivalcraft stations may participate; emergency position-indicating radio beaconstations may also participate in this service on designated distress and

emergency frequencies.Aeronautical mobile-satellite service. A mobile-satellite service in whichmobile earth stations are located on board aircraft; survival craft stationsand emergency position-indicating radio beacon stations may alsoparticipate in this service.

Aeronautical radio navigation service. A radio navigation serviceintended for the benefit and for the safe operation of aircraft.

Aeronautical telecommunication service. A telecommunication serviceprovided for any aeronautical purpose.

Aeroplane. A power driven, heavier than air aircraft, deriving its lift in flightchiefly from aerodynamic reactions on surfaces which remain fixed under

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 9/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 1, GENERAL

8

given conditions of flight.

Airborne collision avoidance system (ACAS). An aircraft system basedon secondary surveillance radar transponder signals which operatesindependently of ground-based equipment to provide information to the piloton potential conflicting aircraft that are equipped with SSR transponders.

Aircraft. Any machine that can derive support in the atmosphere from thereactions of the air other than the reaction of the air against the earth’ssurface.

Aircraft observation. The evaluation of one or more meteorologicalelements made from an aircraft in flight.

Air Navigation Services. Services provided to air traffic during all phasesof operations including air traffic service (ATS) communications, navigationand surveillance (CNS), meteorological services for air navigation (MET),search and rescue (SAR) and aeronautical information services (AIS).

Air Navigation Service Provider. Any organisation that is providing airnavigation services to air traffic and that is functionally separated from itsregulator.

Air-taxiing. Movement of a helicopter above the surface of an aerodrome,normally in ground effect and at a speed normally less than 20kt.

Air traffic. All aircraft in flight or operating on the manoeuvring area of anaerodrome.

Air traffic control clearance. Authorisation for an aircraft to proceed underconditions specified by an air traffic control unit.

Air traffic control unit. A generic term meaning variously, area controlcentre, approach control unit or aerodrome control tower.

Air traffic flow management (ATFM). A service established with theobjective of contributing to a safe, orderly and expeditious flow of air trafficby ensuring that ATC capacity is utilized to the maximum extent possibleand that the traffic volume is compatible with the capacities declared by theappropriate ATS authority.

Air Traffic Management.(ATM) The dynamic integrated management of air

traffic and airspace—safely, economically and efficiently—through theprovision of facilities and seamless services in collaboration with all parties.

Air traffic service. A generic term meaning variously, flight informationservice, alerting service, air traffic advisory service, air traffic controlservices (area control, approach control, or aerodrome control services).

Alerting service. A service provided to notify appropriate organisationsregarding aircraft in need of search and rescue aid, and assist suchorganisations as required.

Alert phase. A situation wherein apprehension exists as to the safety of anaircraft and its occupants

Alternate aerodrome. An aerodrome to which an aircraft may proceedwhen it becomes either impossible or inadvisable to proceed to or land at

the aerodrome of intended landing. Alternate aerodromes include thefollowing:

1. Take-off alternate. An alternate aerodrome at which an aircraft canland should this become necessary shortly after take-off and it isnot possible to use the aerodrome of departure,

2. En-route alternate. An aerodrome at which an aircraft would be ableto land after experiencing an abnormal or emergency conditionwhile en route,

3. Destination alternate. An alternate aerodrome to which an aircraftmay proceed should it become either impossible or inadvisable toland at the aerodrome of intended landing.

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 10/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 1, GENERAL

9

Note: The aerodrome from which a flight departs may also be an en-route ora destination alternate aerodrome for that flight.

Altitude. The vertical distance of a level, a point or an object considered asa point, measured from mean sea level (MSL).

Approach control service. An ATC service for arriving or departingcontrolled flights

Approach control unit. A unit established to provide ATC services to

controlled flights arriving at or departing from one or more aerodromes.

Approved ATS training organisation. An organisation approved by theAuthority in accordance with the requirements of Annex 1 to perform ATStraining and operating under the supervision of the Authority.

Approved by the Authority. Means documented by the Authority assuitable for the purpose intended.

Apron. A defined area, on a land aerodrome, intended to accommodateaircraft for purposes of loading or unloading passengers, mail or cargo,fuelling, parking or Maintenance.

Apron management service. A service provided to regulate the activitiesand the movement of aircraft and vehicles on an apron.

Appropriate ATS Authority. The relevant authority designated by the Stateto be responsible for providing air traffic services in the airspace concerned.Within the Civil Aviation Law, it refers to the concerned authorities of therespective Emirates.

Area control centre.(ACC) A unit established to provide air traffic controlservice to controlled flights in control areas under its jurisdiction.

Area control service. Air traffic control service for controlled flights incontrol areas.

Area navigation (RNAV). A method of navigation which permits aircraftoperation on any desired flight path within the coverage of ground- orspace-based navigation aids or within the limits of capability of selfcontained aids, or a combination of these.(Note. Area navigation includes performance based navigation as well as 

other operations that do not meet the definition of performance based navigation.)

ATC Examiner. A person, meeting the requirements of Appendix 3,authorised to conduct examinations for the issue and renewal of Certificatesof Competency at operational positions or sectors where the holder iscurrently competent.

ATS provider. An organisation providing air traffic services within certainairspace or at an airport.

ATS surveillance system. A generic term meaning variously ADS-B, PSR,SSR or any comparable ground-based system that enables theidentification of aircraft.

Authority. Means the General Civil Aviation Authority of the United Arab

Emirates, the competent body responsible for the safety regulation of CivilAviation.

For the purpose of this Rule part, the Authority shall mean the ANSregulations section of the Department of Aviation Security andInfrastructure.

Automatic dependent surveillance (ADS). A surveillance technique inwhich aircraft automatically provide, via a data link, data derived from on-board navigation and position-fixing systems, including aircraft identification,four dimensional position and additional data as appropriate.

Automatic terminal information service (ATIS). The automatic provisionof current, routine information to arriving and departing aircraft throughout

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 11/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 1, GENERAL

10

24 hours or a specified portion thereof:

Data link-automatic terminal information service (D-ATIS). The provision ofATIS via data link.

Voice-automatic terminal information service (Voice-ATIS). Theprovision of ATIS by means of continuous and repetitive voice broadcasts.

Briefing. Oral commentary on existing and/or expected meteorologicalconditions.

Calendar. A discrete temporal reference system that provides the basis fordefining temporal position to a resolution of one day.

Certificated CNS Maintenance unit. A unit whose operator has beengranted a CNS Maintenance Certificate.

CNS Maintenance Certificate. A Certificate issued by the Authority underCivil Aviation Regulation VIII for the operation of a CNS Maintenance unit.

CNS Maintenance Unit. An organisation that provides Maintenanceservices to an CNS facilities supporting an ANS provider.

CNS Manual. The Manual that forms part of the application for an CNSMaintenance Certificate pursuant to these Regulations, including anyamendments thereto accepted by the Authority

Competent Authority. The Ministry of Communications or the bodydesignated from among its departments to supervise matters relating to civilaviation and its development.

Conditional Clearance. An ATC clearance issued to an aircraft which doesnot become effective until a specified condition has been satisfied. Thecondition will normally relate to another aircraft or vehicle.

Contour Line. A line on a map or chart connecting points of equalelevation.

Control area. A controlled airspace extending upwards from a specifiedlimit above the earth.

Controlled aerodrome. An aerodrome at which an ATC service is providedto aerodrome traffic.

Controlled airspace. An airspace of defined dimensions within which ATCservice is provided in accordance with the airspace classification.

Controlled flight. Any flight which is subject to an ATC clearance.

Control zone. A controlled airspace extending upwards from the surface ofthe earth to a specified upper limit.

Culture. All man made features constructed on the surface of the Earth,such as cities, railways and canals.

Cyclic redundancy check (CRC). A mathematical algorithm applied to thedigital expression of data that provides a level of assurance against loss oralteration of data.

Danger area. An airspace of defined dimensions within which activities

dangerous to the flight of aircraft may exist at specified times.

Data link communications. A form of communication intended for theexchange of messages via a data link.

Data quality. A degree or level of confidence that the data provided meetthe requirements of the data user in terms of accuracy, resolution andintegrity.

Datum. Any quantity or set of quantities that may serve as a reference orbasis for the calculation of other quantities.

Declared capacity. A measure of the ability of the ATC system or any of itssubsystems or operating positions to provide service to aircraft duringnormal activities. It is expressed as the number of aircraft entering a

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 12/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 1, GENERAL

11

specified portion of airspace in a given period of time, taking due account ofweather, ATC unit configuration, staff and equipment available, and anyother factors that may affect the workload of the controller responsible forthe airspace.

Distress phase. A situation wherein there is reasonable certainty that anaircraft and its occupants are threatened by grave and imminent danger orrequire immediate assistance.

Downstream clearance. A clearance issued to an aircraft by an air trafficcontrol unit that is not the current controlling authority of that aircraft.

Elevation. The vertical distance of a point or a level, on or affixed to thesurface of the earth, measured from mean sea level.

Ellipsoid height (Geodetic height). The height related to the referenceellipsoid, measured along the ellipsoidal outer normal through the point inquestion.

Essential Traffic. Essential traffic is controlled traffic to which the provisionof separation by ATC is applicable, but which, in relation to a particularcontrolled flight is not, or will not be, separated from other controlled trafficby the appropriate separation minimum.

Final Approach. That part of an instrument approach procedure which

commences at the specified final approach fix or point, or where such a fixor point is not specified—

1. At the end of the last procedure turn, base turn or inbound turn of aracetrack procedure, if specified; or

2. At the point of interception of the last track specified in the approachprocedure; and

3. Ends at a point in the vicinity of an aerodrome from which:

a. a landing can be made; or

b. a missed approach procedure is initiated.

Flight crew member. A licensed crew member charged with dutiesessential to the operation of an aircraft during a fl ight duty period.

Flight documentation. Written or printed documents, including charts orforms, containing meteorological information for a flight.

Flight information centre. A unit established to provide flight informationservice and alerting service.

Flight information region. An airspace of defined dimensions within whichflight information service and alerting service are provided.

Flight information service. A service provided for the purpose of givingadvice and information useful for the safe and efficient conduct of flights.

Forecast. A statement of expected meteorological conditions for aspecified time or period, and for a specified area or portion of airspace. 

Geodesic distance. The shortest distance between any two points on a

mathematically defined ellipsoidal surface.

Geodetic datum. A minimum set of parameters required to define locationand orientation of the local reference system with respect to the globalreference system/frame.

Geoid. The equipotential surface in the gravity field of the earth whichcoincides with the undisturbed mean sea level (MSL) extended continuouslythrough the continents.

Note: The geoid is irregular in shape because of local gravitationaldisturbances (wind, tides salinity, current etc) and the direction of gravity isperpendicular to the geoid at every point.

Geoid undulation. The distance of the geoid above (positive) or below

 

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 13/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 1, GENERAL

12

(negative) the mathematical reference ellipsoid.

Note:In respect to the WGS-84 defined ellipsoid, the difference between theWGS-84 ellipsoidal height and orthometric height represents WGS-84 geoidundulation.

Gregorian calendar.  Calendar in general use; first introduced in 1582 todefine a year that more closely approximates the tropical year than theJulian calendar.

Height. The vertical distance of a level, point or an object considered as apoint, measured from a specific datum.

Heliport. An aerodrome or a defined area on a structure intended to beused wholly or in part for the arrival, departure and surface movement ofhelicopters.

Human Factors principles. Principles which apply to aeronautical design,certification, training, operations and maintenance e and which seek safeinterface between the human and other system components by properconsideration to human performance.

Human performance. Human capabilities and limitations which have animpact on the safety and efficiency of aeronautical operations.

IFR flight. A flight conducted in accordance with the instrument flight rules.

Instrument runway. One of the following types of runways intended for theoperation of aircraft using instrument approach procedures:

1. Non-precision approach runway. An instrument runway served byvisual aids and a non-visual aid providing at least directionalguidance adequate for a straight-in approach.

2. Precision approach runway, category I. An instrument runwayserved by ILS and/or MLS and visual aids intended for operationswith a decision height not lower than 60 m (200 ft) and either avisibility not less than 800 m or a runway visual range not less than550 m.

3. Precision approach runway, category II. An instrument runwayserved by ILS and/or MLS and visual aids intended for operations

with a decision height lower than 60 m (200 ft) but not lower than 30m (100 ft) and a runway visual range not less than 350 m.

4. Precision approach runway, category III. An instrument runwayserved by ILS and/or MLS to and along the surface of the runwayand:

a. intended for operations with a decision height lower than 30m (100 ft), or no decision height and a runway visual rangenot less than 200 m.

b. intended for operations with a decision height lower than 15m (50 ft), or no decision height and a runway visual rangeless than 200 m but not less than 50 m.

c. intended for operations with no decision height and no

runway visual range limitations.Note - Where decision height (DH) and runway visual range (RVR) fall intodifferent categories of operation, the instrument approach and landingoperation would be conducted in accordance with the requirements of themost demanding category (e.g. an operation with a DH in the range of CATIIIA but with an RVR in the range of CAT IIIB would be considered a CATIIIB operation or an operation with a DH in the range of CAT II but with anRVR in the range of CAT I would be considered a CAT II operation).

Instrument Meteorological Conditions (IMC). Meteorological conditionsexpressed in terms of visibility, distance from cloud, and ceiling, less thanthe minima specified for visual meteorological conditions.

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 14/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 1, GENERAL

13

Integrated Aeronautical Information Package (IAIP). A package whichconsists of the following elements:

1. AIP, including amendment service;

2. Supplements to the AIP;

3. NOTAM and PIB;

4. AIC; and

5. Checklists and lists of valid NOTAM.

Integrity (aeronautical data). A degree of assurance that an aeronauticaldata and its value has not been lost or altered since the data origination orauthorized amendment.

International airport. Any airport designated by the Contracting State inwhose territory it is situated as an airport of entry and departure forinternational air traffic, where the formalities incident to customs,immigration, public health, animal and plant quarantine and similarprocedures are carried out.

International NOTAM office (NOF). An office designated by a State for theexchange of NOTAM internationally.

Local Competence Examiner. A person, meeting the requirements of

Appendix 3, authorised to conduct examinations for the renewal ofCertificates of Competence, including re-issues following lapses of avalidation of less than 12 months or suspensions from positions where theholder is currently competent.

Manoeuvring area. That part of an aerodrome to be used for the take-off,landing and taxiing of aircraft, excluding aprons.

Marker. An object displayed above ground level in order to indicate anobstacle or delineate a boundary.

Marking. A symbol or group of symbols displayed on the surface of themovement area in order to convey aero-nautical information.

Maintenance. The term ‘Maintenance ’includes the operation, regularMaintenance, repair, modification and overhaul of facilities.

Meteorological Authority. The authority providing or arranging for theprovision of meteorological service for international air navigation on behalfof a Contracting State.

Meteorological bulletin. A text comprising meteorological informationpreceded by an appropriate heading.

Meteorological information. Meteorological report, analysis, forecast, andany other statement relating to existing or expected meteorologicalconditions.

Meteorological office. An office designated to provide meteorologicalservice for international air navigation.

Meteorological report. A statement of observed meteorological conditionsrelated to a specific time and location.

Movement area. That part of an aerodrome to be used for the take-off,landing and taxiing of aircraft, consisting of the manoeuvring area and theapron(s).

Multilateration. A ground-based independent cooperative ATM system,using transponder signals received by a number of ground based receiversand processed to calculate the position of origin of the signal.

Navigation specification. A set of aircraft and flight crew requirementsneeded to support performance-based navigation within a defined airspace.There are two kinds of navigation specification: Required Navigationperformance (RNP) specification and area navigation (RNAV) specification.

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 15/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 1, GENERAL

14

NOTAM. A notice distributed by means of telecommunication containinginformation concerning the establishment, condition or change in anyaeronautical facility, service, procedure or hazard, the timely knowledge ofwhich is essential to personnel concerned with flight operations.

Observation (meteorological) The evaluation of one or moremeteorological elements.

Obstacle. All fixed (whether temporary or permanent) and mobile objects,or parts thereof, that are located on an area intended for the surfacemovement of aircraft; or extend above a defined surface intended to protectaircraft in flight, or stand outside those defined surfaces and have beenassessed as being a hazard to air navigation.

Obstacle free zone (OFZ). The airspace above the inner approach surface,inner transitional surfaces, and balked landing surface and that portion ofthe strip bounded by these surfaces, which is not penetrated by any fixedobstacle other than a low-mass and frangibly mounted one required for airnavigation purposes.

Obstacle/terrain data collection surface. A defined surface intended forthe purpose of collecting obstacle/terrain data.

Orthometric height. Height of a point related to the geoid, generallypresented as a MSL elevation.

Performance based navigation (PBN). Area navigation based onperformance requirements for aircraft operating along an ATS route, on aninstrument approach procedure or in a designated airspace.

Position (geographical). Set of coordinates (latitude and longitude)referenced to the mathematical reference ellipsoid which define the positionof a point on the surface of the earth.

Precision. The smallest difference that can be reliably distinguished by ameasurement process.

Note: In reference to geoid surveys, precision is a degree of refinement inperformance of an operation or a degree of perfection in the instrumentsand methods used when taking measurements.

Pre-flight information bulletin (PIB). A presentation of current NOTAMinformation of operational significance, prepared prior to flight.

Problematic use of substances. The use of one or more psychoactivesubstances by aviation personnel in a way that:

1. Constitutes a direct hazard to the user or endangers the lives,health or welfare of others; and/or

2. Causes or worsens an occupational, social, mental or physicalproblem or disorder.

Prohibited area. An airspace of defined dimensions, above the land areasor territorial waters of a State, within which the flight of aircraft is prohibited.

Psychoactive substances. Alcohol, opioids, cannabinoids, sedatives andhypnotics, cocaine, other psychostimulants, hallucinogens, and volatile

solvents, whereas coffee and tobacco are excluded.Quality. Degree to which a set of inherent characteristics fulfilsrequirements.Note 1: The term “quality” can be used with adjectives such as poor, goodor excellent.

Note 2: “Inherent”, as opposed to “assigned”, means existing in something,especially as a permanent characteristic.

Quality assurance. Part of quality management focused on providingconfidence that quality requirements will be fulfilled.

Quality control.  Part of quality management focused on fulfilling quality

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 16/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 1, GENERAL

15

requirements.

Quality management. Coordinated activities to direct and control anorganisation with regard to quality.

Quality system. Documented organisational procedures and policies;internal audit of those procedures and policies; management review andrecommendation for quality improvement. 

Radio Navigation Aids. ILS, MLS, GNSS, VOR, DME, NDB, and VHF

marker beacons

Radio Navigation Service. A service providing guidance information orposition data for the efficient and safe operation of aircraft supported by oneor more radio navigation aids

Rating. An authorisation entered on or associated with a licence andforming part thereof, stating special conditions, privileges or limitationspertaining to such licence.

Rating Examiner. A person, meeting the requirements of Appendix 4,authorised to conduct ATC college examinations and lead examinationboards.

Relief. The inequalities in elevation of the surface of the Earth, representedon aeronautical charts by contours, hypsometric tints, shading or spot

elevations.

Reporting point. A specified geographical location in relation to which theposition of an aircraft can be reported.

Required navigation performance (RNP). A statement of the navigationperformance necessary for operation within a defined airspace.

Rescue coordination centre (RCC). A unit responsible for promotingefficient organisation of search and rescue services and for coordinating theconduct of search and rescue operations within a search and rescue region.

Resolution. A number of units or digits to which a measured or calculatedvalue is expressed and used.

Restricted area. An airspace of defined dimensions, above the land areasor territorial waters of a State, within which the flight of aircraft is restrictedin accordance with certain specified conditions.

Route stage. A route or portion of a route flown without an intermediatelanding.

Runway visual range (RVR). The range over which the pilot of an aircrafton the centre line of a runway can see the runway surface markings or thelights delineating the runway or identifying its centre line.

Safety Management System (SMS). A systematic approach to managingsafety, including the necessary organisational structures, accountabilities,policies and procedures.

Safety-sensitive personnel. Persons who might endanger aviation safety ifthey perform their duties and functions improperly, including, but not limitedto, crew members, aircraft maintenance personnel and air traffic controllers.

SIGMET information. Information issued by a meteorological watch officeconcerning the occurrence or expected occurrence of specified enrouteweather phenomena which may affect the safety of aircraft operations.

Significant point. A specified geographical location used in defining anATS route or the flight path of an aircraft and for other navigation and ATSpurposes.

Special VFR flight. A VFR flight cleared by air traffic control to operatewithin a control zone in meteorological conditions below VMC.

Station declination. An alignment variation between the zero degree radialof a VOR and true north, determined at the time the VOR station is

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 17/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 1, GENERAL

16

calibrated.

Taxiing. Movement of an aircraft on the surface of an aerodrome under itsown power, excluding take-off and landing.

Terminal control area. A control area normally established the confluenceof ATS routes in the vicinity of one or more major aerodromes.

Terrain. The surface of the Earth containing naturally occurring featuressuch as mountains, hills, ridges, valleys, bodies of water, permanent ice and

snow and excluding obstacles.

Note: In practical terms, depending on the method of data collection used,terrain represents the continuous surface that exists at the bare Earth, thetop of the canopy or something in-between, also known as “first reflectivesurface”.

Traffic avoidance advice. Advice provided by an air traffic services unitspecifying manoeuvres to assist a pilot to avoid a collision.

Traffic information. Information issued by an air traffic service unit to alerta pilot to other known or observed air traffic which may be in proximity to theposition or intended route of flight and to help the pilot avoid a collision.

Transfer of control point. A defined point located along the flight path ofan aircraft, at which the responsibility for providing air traffic control service

to the aircraft is transferred form one control unit or control position to thenext.

Transferring unit. An air traffic control unit in the process of transferring theresponsibility for providing air traffic control service to an aircraft to the nextair traffic control unit along the route of flight.

Uncertainty phase. A situation wherein uncertainty exists as to the safetyof an aircraft and its occupants.

Validation. Confirmation, through the provision of objective evidence, thatthe requirements for a specific intended use or application have beenfulfilled.

Verification. Confirmation, through the provision of objective evidence, thatspecified requirements have been fulfilled.

Note1: The term “verified” is used to designate the corresponding status.

Note2: Confirmation can comprise activities such as : 

1. Performing alternative calculations;

2. Comparing a new design specification with a similar proven designspecification;

3. Undertaking tests and demonstrations; and

4. Reviewing documents prior to issue.

VFR flight. A flight conducted in accordance with the visual flight rules.

Visual meteorological conditions (VMC). Meteorological conditionsexpressed in terms of visibility, distance from cloud and ceiling, equal to or

better than specified minima.

Waypoint. A specified geographical location used to define an areanavigation route or the flight path of an aircraft employing area navigation,identified as either:

1. Fly by waypoint. A waypoint which requires turn anticipation to allowtangential interception of the next segment of a route or procedure,or

2. Flyover waypoint. A waypoint at which a turn is initiated in order to join the next segment of a route or procedure.

World Meteorological Organisation (WMO). The agency of the UnitedNations relating to climate, meteorology, hydrology and related geophysical

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 18/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 1, GENERAL

17

sciences.

2.3 The Acronyms/ Abbreviations used in this document have the followingmeanings:

ACAS Airborne collision avoidance system

ADS Automatic dependent surveillance

AFIS Aerodrome flight information service

AIP Aeronautical information publication

AIRAC Aeronautical information regulation and control

ALERFA Alert phase

APP Approach control

ATC Air traffic control

AMSL Above mean sea level

ATFM Air traffic flow management

ATIS Automatic terminal information service

ATM Air traffic management

ATN Aeronautical telecommunication network

ATS Air traffic service

ATZ Aerodrome traffic zone

AWY Airway

CNS Communications, navigation and surveillance

CRC Cyclical redundancy check

CTA Control area

CTR Control zone

DETRESFA Distress phase

DME Distance measurement equipment

FIR Flight information region

FIS Flight information service

FISA Automated flight information service

GNSS Global navigation satellite system

GPS Global positioning system

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 19/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 1, GENERAL

18

GUND Geoid undulation

IFR Instrument flight rules

ILS Instrument landing system

IMC Instrument meteorological conditions

INCERFA Uncertainty phase

LOC Localizer

LVC Low visibility conditions

LVO Low visibility operation/s

LVP Low visibility procedure/s

MDA/H Minimum descent altitude/height

MET Meteorology

METAR Aerodrome routine meteorological report

MLS Microwave landing system

MSAW Minimum safe altitude warning

NDB Non-directional beacon

NOTAM Notice to airmen

PANS Procedures for air navigation services

PIB Pre-flight information bulletin

QFE Atmospheric pressure at aerodrome (or runwaythreshold) elevation

QNH Altimeter subscale setting to obtain elevation when onground

RCC Rescue coordination centre

RNAV Area navigation

RNP Required navigation performance

RTF Radiotelephone

RVR Runway visual range

RVSM Reduced vertical separation minimum

RWY Runway

SAR Search and rescue

SID Standard instrument departure

SIGMET Information concerning en-route weather phenomena

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 20/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 1, GENERAL

19

which may affect the safety of aircraft operations

SMC Surface movement control

SMGCS Surface movement guidance and control system

SMR Surface movement radar

SPECI Aerodrome special meteorological report

SSR Secondary surveillance radar

STAR Standard instrument arrival

SUP AIP Supplement

TIBA Traffic information broadcast by aircraft

TWR Aerodrome control tower or aerodrome control

UIR Upper flight information region

UTC Coordinated Universal Time

VFR Visual flight rules

VMC Visual meteorological conditions

VOR Very high frequency omnidirectional radio range

WGS- 84 World Geodetic System - 1984

3 Common Reference Systems

3.1 Horizontal reference system: World Geodetic System - 1984 (WGS-84)shall be used as the horizontal (geodetic) reference system. Reportedaeronautical geographical coordinates (indicating latitude and longitude)shall be expressed in terms of the WGS-84 geodetic reference datum.

Vertical reference system: Mean sea level (MSL) datum, which gives therelationship of gravity-related height (elevation) to a surface known as thegeoid, shall be used as the vertical reference system.

Temporal reference system: The Gregorian calendar and CoordinatedUniversal Time (UTC) shall be used as the temporal reference system.

4 Units of Measurement

4.1 Annex 5 contains specifications for the use of a standardized system ofunits of measurement in international civil aviation air and ground

operations. This standardized system of units of measurement is based onthe International System of Units (SI) and certain non-SI units considerednecessary to meet the specialized requirements of international civilaviation.

Subject to paragraph 4.2, the units of measure used for aeronauticalpurposes in the United Arab Emirates are those specified in theInternational System of Units as adopted in Annex 5 to the ICAOConvention.

4.2 Non International System Units adopted by Annex 5 are used in accordancewith the following table within the UAE:

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 21/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 1, GENERAL

20

Quantity Non SI symbol

Altitude Feet (ft).

Distance Nautical Miles (NM)

Elevations Feet (ft).

Heights Feet (ft).

Speed, including wind speed Knots (kt)

Vertical speed Feet per minute (ft/min)

5 Requirement for Certificate

5.1 No person shall provide a service to aviation, as listed in paragraphs 1.1.2to 1.1.8 inclusive of this Subpart, within the UAE FIR except under theauthority of, and in accordance with the provisions of, a certificate issuedunder this Part.

5.2 Because of the general nature of this Subpart, the use of the term “servicecertificate” shall refer to a certificate issued for any of the services listed inparagraphs 1.1.2 to 1.1.8 inclusive

6 Application for Certificate

6.1 Each applicant for the grant of such a service certificate shall complete theGCAA form related to the service intended and submit it to the Director ofAviation Security and Infrastructure, GCAA. All elements of the form shallbe completed.

6.2 The submission shall include the exposition required by the relevantSubpart and payment of the appropriate application fee specified by theGCAA Board under Article 10.7 of the GCAA Law.

7 Issue of Certificate

7.1 Each applicant is entitled to a service certificate if;

1. The applicant meets the requirements of section B of the Rule; and

2. The applicant and persons holding positions listed in paragraph14.1.1 to 14.1.3 inclusive are acceptable to the Authority; and

3. The organisation’s exposition as required by paragraph 19 isacceptable to the Authority; and

4. The Authority is satisfied that the granting of the certificate is notcontrary to the interests of aviation safety.

7.2 Unless specified in the particular Subpart, only one certificate shall beissued for the same service at the same location.

8 Privileges of Certificate

8.1 The service certificate shall specify the services that the certificate holder isauthorised to provide.

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 22/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 1, GENERAL

21

9 Duration of Certificate

9.1 Each service certificate may be granted or renewed for a period of up to 5years.

9.2 A service certificate remains in force until it expires or is suspended orrevoked.

9.3 The holder of a service certificate that expires or is revoked shall forthwithsurrender the certificate to the Director Aviation Security and Infrastructure.

9.4 The holder of a service certificate that is suspended shall forthwith producethe certificate to the Director Aviation Security and Infrastructure forappropriate endorsement.

10 Renewal of Certificate

10.1 Each application for the renewal of an service certificate shall be made onthe GCAA application form related to the service intended.

10.2 The application shall be submitted to the Director Aviation Security and

Infrastructure not less than 60 days before the certificate expires.

11 Transfer or Withdrawal of Certificate

11.1 The applicant for a service certificate intending to assume responsibility forproviding a service under any Subpart of CAR Part VIII from an existingcertificate holder, shall include with its application, full details of transitionalarrangements endorsed by the Heads of both organisations.

11.2 The holder of a service certificate who is the outgoing provider of a serviceshall not hinder the preparation and execution of the transitionalarrangements required by paragraph 11.1.

11.3 The holder of a service certificate who wishes to permanently withdraw orsignificantly reduce the hours of operation of the service shall give theAuthority at least 90 days notice of the proposal and include in that notice asummary of factors considered in arriving at the decision to withdraw theservice.

12 Changes to Certificate Holder’s Organisation

12.1 Each holder of a service certificate shall ensure that their exposition isamended so as to remain a current description of the holder’s organisationand services.

12.2 The certificate holder shall ensure that any amendments made to theholder’s exposition meet the applicable requirements of the Subpart andcomply with the amendment procedures contained in the holder’sexposition.

12.3 The certificate holder shall provide the ANS Regulations section of theDepartment of Aviation Security and Infrastructure of the GCAA with a copyof each amendment to the holder’s exposition as soon as practicable afterits incorporation into the exposition.

12.4 Where the certificate holder proposes to make a change to any of thefollowing, prior notification to and acceptance by the Director of AviationSecurity and Infrastructure is required:

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 23/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 1, GENERAL

22

1. The persons listed in paragraphs 14.1.1 to 14.1.3 inclusive; or

2. The service provided by the certificate holder; or

3. The airspace in which a service e is being supplied; or

4. The format and standards for the aeronautical information publishedunder the authority of their certificate.

12.5 The Director of Aviation Security and Infrastructure may prescribe

conditions under which a certificate holder may operate during or followingany of the changes specified in paragraph 12.4.

12.6 A certificate holder shall comply with any conditions prescribed in paragraph12.5.

12.7 Where any of the changes referred to in paragraph 11 requires anamendment to the certificate, the certificate holder shall forward thecertificate to the Director, Aviation Security and Infrastructure as soon aspracticable.

12.8 The certificate holder shall make such amendments to the holder’sexposition as the Director of Aviation Security and Infrastructure mayconsider necessary in the interests of aviation safety.

13 Operational Approval

13.1 Certificate holders shall obtain a no objection letter from the ANSRegulations section of the Department of Aviation Security andInfrastructure prior to undertaking:

1. Installation of new equipment,

2. Introduction of new procedures,

3. Changes to the hours of operation of the service provided, and

4. Changes to any aspect of the service provided which may impacton safety.

5. Details on how to apply and what information shall be provided willbe contained in an ANS Operational Approvals CAAP.

Section B Certification Requirements

14 Personnel Requirements

14.1 Each applicant for the grant of a service certificate shall engage, employ orcontract:

1. A person identified as required in the particular Subpart , who hasthe authority within the applicant’s organisation to ensure that eachservice listed in their exposition—

a. can be financed and is provided to meet operationalrequirements; and

b. is provided in accordance with the requirements prescribedin this Rule subpart: and

2. A person or group of persons who are responsible for ensuring thatthe applicant’s organisation complies with the requirements of thisRule Subpart and the Subpart under which certification is sought.Such nominated person or persons shall be ultimately responsibleto the Chief Executive: and

3. An accountable manager responsible for the provision of a safetymanagement system according to the requirements of CAR Part X;

 

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 24/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 1, GENERAL

23

and

4. Sufficient personnel to operate, maintain and support the servicelisted in the applicant’s exposition.

14.3 The applicant shall—

1. Establish a procedure to initially assess the competence of thosepersonnel authorised by the applicant to operate, maintain andsupport service/s listed in their exposition; and

2. Establish a procedure to maintain the competence of thoseauthorised personnel; and

3. Provide those authorised personnel with written evidence of thescope of their authorisation.

14.4 References to the masculine gender apply equally to the feminine.

15 Facility requirements

15.1 Each applicant for the grant of a service certificate shall establish officesand facilities that—

1. Are appropriate for the service/s listed in their exposition; and2. Meet the applicable requirements of the facility paragraphs of the

appropriate Subpart.

16 Documentation

16.1 Each applicant for the grant of a service certificate shall – 

1. Document the standards for the service provided under theauthority of their certificate; and

2. Ensure that the format and standards take into account thecircumstances under which the information will be used; and

3. Hold copies of relevant reference materials, standards, practices

and procedures, and any other documentation that is necessary forthe service/s listed in their exposition.These documents shall include, but not be limited to thosespecifically listed in the documentation section of the appropriateSubpart.

16.2 The order of precedence of publications is as follows:

1. UAE Civil Aviation Law

2. UAE Civil Aviation Regulations

3. Other regulatory material published by the GCAA

4. ICAO Annexes

5. ICAO Documents.

16.3 ICAO Standards & Recommended Practices and Procedures for AirNavigation Services have the following regulatory status:

1. Standards: Mandatory unless specifically modified in theapplicable parts of Supplements to the Annexes or in the CivilAviation Regulations.

2. Recommended Practices: Mandatory unless the operator hasobtained GCAA approval of an alternative provision, resulting in alevel of safety equal to or greater than that achieved by applicationof the recommended practice.

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 25/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 1, GENERAL

24

3. PANS: Procedures for Air Navigation Services (PANS) shall beapplied, with similar Mandatory status as for the SARPs, exceptwhere specifically deleted or modified in the Civil AviationRegulations.

4. Definitions, tables, figures and appendices contained in ICAOAnnexes are to be considered as Standards and thereforemandatory.

5. Attachments to ICAO Annexes are supplementary to SARPs orincluded as general guidance material. Where specific or generalapplications are considered necessary for additional safety levels,these are included in the Civil Aviation Regulations and carryMandatory status.

16.4 Each applicant shall establish a procedure to control all the documentationrequired by paragraph 16.1.3, to ensure that—

1. The documentation is reviewed and authorised by appropriatepersonnel before issue; and

2. Current issues of relevant documentation are available to staff at alllocations where they need access to such documentation for theservice/s listed in their exposition; and

3. All obsolete documentation is promptly removed from all points ofissue or use; and

4. Changes to documentation are reviewed and approved byappropriate personnel; and

5. The current version of each item of documentation can be identifiedto preclude the use of out of date editions.

17 Records

17.1 Each applicant for the grant of a service certificate shall establishprocedures to identify, collect, index, store, maintain and dispose of therecords that are necessary for the service/s listed in their exposition.

17.2 Records shall be retained for at least the periods required in the appropriateSubpart.

18 Internal Quality Assurance

18.1 Each applicant for the grant of a service certificate shall establish internalquality assurance procedures to ensure compliance with, and the adequacyof, the procedures required by the relevant Subpart.

18.2 The quality system established in accordance with 18.1 shall conform toISO 9000 standards and shall be certified by an approved organisation.

18.3 The person who has responsibility for internal quality assurance shall have

direct access to the Chief Executive on matters affecting the adequacy,accuracy, timeliness format and dissemination of the published aeronauticalinformation.

18.4 The quality system shall provide users with the necessary assurance andconfidence that the service being provided by the certificate holder meetsstated requirements for data quality, data traceability and service provisionin accordance with the requirements of the particular subpart.

18.5 The procedures required of the quality assurance system shall specify;

1. The level and frequency of internal audits; and

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 26/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 1, GENERAL

25

2. The person or persons responsible for carrying out the internalaudits; and

3. How the findings of the internal audits are to be recorded andreported to the Chief Executive; and

4. How quality indicators such as error reports, incidents andcomplaints are incorporated into the internal quality assuranceprocedures; and

5. The means of rectifying any deficiencies found during an internalaudit; and

6. The documentation requirements for all aspects of the audit.

18.6 Where required in a particular Subpart, validation and verificationprocedures shall be established to ensure that quality requirements andtraceability of aeronautical data are met.

18.7 Each applicant for the grant of a service certificate within which Subpartthere are requirements for ensuring data integrity shall establish proceduresto ensure that the integrity of aeronautical data is maintained throughout thedata process from originator to the end user.

The following classifications and data integrity levels shall apply—

1. Critical data, integrity level 1x10 -8: and

2. Essential data, integrity level 1 x 10-5

: and

3. Routine data, integrity level 1 x 10-3

:

Aeronautical data quality requirements related to classification and dataintegrity shall be as provided in Tables A7-1 to A7-5 of Appendix 7 to ICAOAnnex 15.

18.8 Each applicant for the grant of a service certificate shall establishprocedures to ensure that protection of electronic aeronautical data whilestored or in transit, shall be totally monitored by the cyclical redundancycheck (CRC).

18.9 Each applicant for the grant of a service certificate shall establishprocedures to record, investigate, correct, and report any errors that aredetected in the service provided under the authority of their certificate.

The procedures shall ensure that—

1. The error is corrected by the most appropriate means relative to theoperational significance of the error; and

2. The correction is clearly identified in the republished information;and

3. The source of the error is identified and, where possible, eliminated;and

4. Where the error is a reportable error as required in the particular

Subpart, the ANS Regulations section of the Department of AviationSafety and Standards, GCAA shall be notified of the error and thecorrection process followed

19 Safety Management

19.1 Each applicant for the grant of an aeronautical information service certificateshall establish a safety management system in accordance with CAR PartX.

19.2 The safety management system shall include:

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 27/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 1, GENERAL

26

1. Hazard identification; and

2. Risk management; and

3. Safety assurance; and

4. Safety performance monitoring, auditing and measurement; and

5. Change management; and

6. Management Reviews.

19.3 A service provider shall ensure that any significant change to the service,facility or facilities used in providing the service, shall be subject to a safetyassessment, indicating that an acceptable level of safety shall be met, priorto implementation.

User consultation shall form part of the safety assessment.

The safety assessment shall be presented to, and accepted by, the ANSRegulation section of the Aviation Security and Infrastructure Department ofthe GCAA prior to implementation of the change

20 Organisational Exposition

20.1 Each applicant for the grant of an aeronautical information service certificateshall provide the Air Navigation Service Regulations section of theDepartment of with an exposition containing – 

1. A statement signed by the Head of the service on behalf of theapplicant’s organisation confirming that—

a. the exposition and any included manuals define theorganisation and demonstrate its means and methods forensuring ongoing compliance with this Subpart; and

b. the exposition and any included manuals will be complied withat all times; and

c. the organisation has sufficient financial strength and liabilityprotection to provide the service/s listed in the exposition and

to cover any claims that may be made relating to the servicesprovided; and

2. The titles and names of the person or persons required byparagraph 14.1.1 to 14.1.3 inclusive; and

3. The duties and responsibilities of the persons specified inparagraph 20.1.2 including matters for which they haveresponsibility to deal directly with the GCAA on behalf of theorganisation; and

4. An organisational chart showing lines of responsibility of thepersons specified in paragraph 20.1.2; and

5. A list of the service/s to be covered by the certificate and thelocations at which the service/s will be provided; and

6. A summary of the applicant’s staffing structure for each servicelisted under paragraph 20.1.5; and

7. Details of the applicant’s procedures required by the relevantparagraphs within each Subpart regarding—

a. the competence of personnel; and

b. the control of documentation; and

c. the collection of information; and

d. the publication of aeronautical information; and

e. the identification, collection, indexing, storage,

 

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 28/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 1, GENERAL

27

maintenance, and disposal of records; and

f. internal quality assurance; and

g. safety management; and

8. Procedures to control, amend and distribute the exposition.

20.2 The applicant’s exposition shall be acceptable to the Director of AviationSecurity and Infrastructure.

Section C Operating Requirements

21 Continued Compliance

21.1 Each holder of a service certificate shall—

1. Comply with the continued compliance aspects of the relevantSubpart; and

2. Continue to meet the standards and comply with the requirementsprescribed for certification of this Subpart; and

3. Notify the Air Navigation Services Regulations section of the

Department of Aviation Security and Infrastructure of the GCAA ofany change of address for service, telephone number or facsimilenumber required by the GCAA application form related to theservice intended, within 28 days of the change.

22 Safety Inspections and Audits

22.1 The Director Aviation Security and Infrastructure may, in writing, require theholder of a service certificate to undergo or carry out such inspections andaudits of the holder’s service offices, facilities, documents and records asthe Director consider necessary in the interests of civil aviation safety andsecurity in accordance with Article 7.10 of the GCAA Law.

22.2 The Director Aviation Security and Infrastructure may require from the

holder of a service certificate such information as the Director considersrelevant to the inspection or audit.

22.3 GCAA Inspectors shall be granted unrestricted access to airport facilitiesunder all conditions. GCAA Inspectors shall be permitted to carry laptopcomputers, digital cameras and audio recording devices under all conditionsfor safety inspections, audits and investigations.

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 29/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 2, AIS

1

CAR PART VIIISubpart 2

AERONAUTICAL INFORMATIONSERVICE ORGANISATIONS

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 30/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 2 AIS

2

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1. APPLICABILITY ..................................................................................................................... 5 2. DEFINITIONS AND ACRONYMS .......................................................................................... 5 3.  REQUIREMENT FOR CERTIFICATE ................................................................................... 5 4. APPLICATION FOR CERTIFICATE ...................................................................................... 5 5. ISSUE OF CERTIFICATE ...................................................................................................... 6 6. PRIVILEGES OF CERTIFICATE ........................................................................................... 6 7. DURATION OF CERTIFICATE .............................................................................................. 6 8. RENEWAL OF CERTIFICATE ............................................................................................... 6 SECTION B – CERTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS ..................................................................... 7 9. PERSONNEL REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................................ 7 10. FACILITY REQUIREMENTS .................................................................................................. 7 11. DOCUMENTATION ................................................................................................................ 7 12. COLLECTION OF INFORMATION ........................................................................................ 8 13. PUBLICATION OF AERONAUTICAL INFORMATION .......................................................... 9 14. RECORDS ............................................................................................................................ 10 15. INTERNAL QUALITY ASSURANCE .................................................................................... 11 16. SAFETY MANAGEMENT ..................................................................................................... 13 17. ORGANISATIONAL EXPOSITION ...................................................................................... 13 SECTION C – OPERATING REQUIREMENTS ........................................................................... 15 18. CONTINUED COMPLIANCE ............................................................................................... 15 19. CHANGES TO CERTIFICATE HOLDER’S ORGANISATION ............................................. 15 20. SAFETY INSPECTIONS AND AUDITS ............................................................................... 16 

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 31/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 2, AIS

3

SECTION D – UAE AERONAUTICAL INFORMATION PUBLICATION SERVICE ................... 16 21. AIP GENERAL .................................................................................................................... 16 22. CONTENTS OF THE UAE AIP ........................................................................................... 17 23. SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE UAE AIP .............................................................................. 17 24. SPECIFICATIONS FOR AIP AMENDMENTS .................................................................... 18 25. SPECIFICATIONS FOR AIP SUPPLEMENTS .................................................................. 19 26. SPECIFICATIONS FOR AN AIC ......................................................................................... 19 27. SPECIFICATIONS FOR AERONAUTICAL CHARTS ......................................................... 20 SECTION E – NOTAM SERVICE ................................................................................................ 24 28. NOTAM SERVICE GENERAL ............................................................................................. 24 29. SPECIFICATIONS FOR NOTAM ........................................................................................ 24 30. DISTRIBUTION OF NOTAM ............................................................................................... 28 SECTION F - PRE – FLIGHT INFORMATION SERVICE ............................................................ 28 31. PRE- FLIGHT INFORMATION SERVICE GENERAL ......................................................... 28 32. AUTOMATED PRE- FLIGHT INFORMATION SYSTEMS .................................................. 29 

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 32/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 2 AIS

4

AMENDMENTS TO CAR PART VIII,SUBPART 2

InitialIssueNovember

2009

INTRODUCTION OF CIVIL AVIATION REGULATIONS PART VIII, SUBPART 2–  AERONAUTICAL INFORMATION SERVICE ORGANISATIONS CERTIFICATION, BASED

UPON ICAO ANNEX 4 AMENDMENT 54 AND ANNEX 15 AMENDMENT 35.

Amendment # Summary of AmendmentAmendment

Date

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 33/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 2, AIS

5

1 Applicability

1.1 CAR Part VIII, Subpart 2 contains the Rules governing—

1. The certification and operation of organisations providing anAeronautical Information Service (AIS) for the UAE on behalf ofthe GCAA; and

2. The requirements for the UAE Aeronautical InformationPublication (AIP),

3. The Aeronautical Information Circulars (AIC) and NOTAM.

2 Definitions and acronyms

2.1 Definitions and acronyms are contained in Subpart 1 to CAR Part VIII.

3 Requirement for Certificate

3.1 No person shall provide an aeronautical information service for the UAEFIR except under the authority of, and in accordance with the provisionsof, an aeronautical information certificate issued under this Part.

3.2 For the purposes of this Subpart, an aeronautical information serviceshall consist of one or more of the following services—

1. An AIP service comprising the provision of;

a. the UAE AIP; and

b. the AIP amendment service; and

c. the AIP Supplement service; and

d. the AIC service;

2. A pre- flight briefing service;

3. A NOTAM service;

4. An integrated aeronautical information package shall includethose services listed in paragraphs 3.2.1 to 3.2.3 inclusive, withthe addition of a checklist of valid NOTAM.

4 Application for Certificate

4.1 Each applicant for the grant of an aeronautical information servicecertificate shall complete GCAA form AIS 01 and submit it to the Directorof Aviation Security and Infrastructure, GCAA. All elements of the formshall be completed.

In the interests of aviation safety, only one certificate for the provision ofan aeronautical information service relating to the provision of an AIPservice, an AIC service and a NOTAM service shall be current at anytime. There may be more than one Pre-Flight Briefing Service certificatevalid at any time.

4.2 The submission shall include the exposition required by paragraph 17and payment of the appropriate application fee specified by the GCAABoard under Article 10.7 of the GCAA Law.

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 34/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 2 AIS

6

5 Issue of Certificate

5.1 Each applicant is entitled to an aeronautical information servicecertificate if;

1. The applicant meets the requirements of section B of the Rule;and

2. The applicant and persons holding positions listed in paragraph9.1.1 to 9.1.3 inclusive are acceptable to the Authority; and

3. The organisation’s exposition as required by paragraph 17 isacceptable to the Authority; and

4. The Authority is satisfied that the granting of the certificate is notcontrary to the interests of aviation safety.

6 Privileges of Certificate

6.1 The aeronautical information service certificate shall specify theaeronautical information services that the certificate holder is authorisedto provide.

7 Duration of Certificate

7.1 Each aeronautical information service certificate may be granted orrenewed for a period of up to 5 years.

7.2 An aeronautical information service certificate remains in force until itexpires or is suspended or revoked.

7.3 The holder of an aeronautical information service certificate that expiresor is revoked shall forthwith surrender the certificate to the DirectorAviation Security and Infrastructure.

7.4 The holder of an aeronautical information service certificate that issuspended shall forthwith produce the certificate to the Director AviationSecurity and Infrastructure for appropriate endorsement.

8 Renewal of Certificate

8.1 Each application for the renewal of an aeronautical information servicecertificate shall be made on GCAA form AIS 01

8.2 The application shall be submitted to the Director Aviation Security andInfrastructure not less than 60 days before the certificate expires.

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 35/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 2, AIS

7

Section B – Certification Requirements

9 Personnel Requirements

9.1 Each applicant for the grant of an aeronautical information servicecertificate shall engage, employ or contract:

1. A person identified as the Chief Executive, who has the authoritywithin the applicant’s organisation to ensure that eachaeronautical information service listed in their exposition—

a. can be financed and is provided to meet operationalrequirements; and

b. is provided in accordance with the requirementsprescribed in this Rule subpart: and

2. A person or group of persons who are responsible for ensuringthat the applicant’s organisation complies with the requirementsof this Rule subpart. Such nominated person or persons shall beultimately responsible to the Chief Executive: and

3. An accountable manager responsible for the provision of a

safety management system according to the requirements ofCAR Part X; and

4. Sufficient personnel to collect, collate, check, coordinate, edit,and publish aeronautical information for the aeronauticalinformation service listed in the applicant’s exposition.

9.2 The applicant shall—

1. Establish a procedure to initially assess the competence ofthose personnel authorised by the applicant to check, edit andpublish aeronautical information for the aeronautical informationservice/s listed in their exposition; and

2. Establish a procedure to maintain the competence of thoseauthorised personnel; and

3. Provide those authorised personnel with written evidence of thescope of their authorisation.

10 Facility requirements

10.1 Each applicant for the grant of an aeronautical information servicecertificate shall establish offices and facilities that—

1. Are appropriate for the aeronautical information service/s listedin their exposition; and

2. Meet the applicable requirements of paragraphs 21.2 and 28.1.

11 Documentation11.1 Each applicant for the grant of an aeronautical information service

certificate shall – 

1. Document the format and standards for the aeronauticalinformation published under the authority of their certificate; and

2. Ensure that the format and standards take into account thecircumstances under which the information will be used; and

3. Hold copies of relevant reference materials, standards, practicesand procedures, and any other documentation that is necessary

 

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 36/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 2 AIS

8

for the aeronautical information service listed in their exposition.These documents shall include, but not be limited to:

a. Annex 4,

b. Annex 15,

c. ICAO Doc 7383,

d. ICAO Doc 7910,

e. ICAO Doc 8126,

f. ICAO Doc 8400,

g. ICAO Doc 8697,

h. ICAO Doc 9377,

i. ICAO Doc 9683,

  j. ICAO Doc 9708

k. ICAO Doc 9855,

l. ICAO Doc 9859.

11.2 Each applicant shall establish a procedure to control all thedocumentation required by paragraph 11.1.3, to ensure that—

1. The documentation is reviewed and authorised by appropriatepersonnel before issue; and

2. Current issues of relevant documentation are available to staff atall locations where they need access to such documentation forthe aeronautical information service listed in their exposition;and

3. All obsolete documentation is promptly removed from all pointsof issue or use; and

4. Changes to documentation are reviewed and approved byappropriate personnel; and

5. The current version of each item of documentation can beidentified to preclude the use of out of date editions.

12 Collection of Information

12.1 Each applicant for the grant of an aeronautical information servicecertificate shall establish procedures to collect and collate theinformation required for the aeronautical information service listed intheir exposition.

12.2 The procedures shall ensure that—

1. Applicable information is obtained from organisations thatprovide services in support of the UAE air navigation system;

and

2. Applicable information is obtained from the aeronauticalinformation services of other States relevant to the requirementsof international aircraft operators operating on air route stagesoriginating from the UAE; and

3. Arrangements for the timely provision of information are madewith the information originators prescribed in paragraphs 12.2.1and 12.2.2; and

4. Information received from the information originators prescribedin paragraph 12.2.1 is certificated as accurate by a person

 

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 37/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 2, AIS

9

identified by the originator to be responsible for the accuracy ofthat information.

12.3 The procedures for the NOTAM service shall, in addition to paragraph12.2, ensure that any originator’s request for the issue of a NOTAMdoes not require the NOTAM to be effective for more than 3 months.

13 Publication of Aeronautical Information

13.1 Each applicant for the grant of an aeronautical information servicecertificate shall establish procedures to check, co-ordinate, edit, publishand disseminate aeronautical information for the services listed in theapplicant’s exposition.

13.2 The applicant shall ensure that the procedures established underparagraph 13.1 require—

1. The information received under paragraph 12 to be checkedagainst available information to verify its accuracy prior topublication; and

2. The information received under paragraph 12 to be edited,accurately published and disseminated—

a. in the format applicable to the operational significance ofthe information; and

b. if applicable, in accordance with sections D, E, or F; and

c. in a format that takes into account the circumstancesunder which the information is to be used; and

3. Except for paragraph 13.2.4, permanent publications and longterm temporary publications be clearly identified as beingpublished under the authority of the applicant’s aeronauticalinformation service certificate; and

4. If aeronautical information obtained from the aeronauticalinformation services of other States under paragraph 13.2.2 is

disseminated, that information is clearly identified as having theauthority of the originating State; and

5. If information that has not been certified, as required underparagraph 12.2.4, is disseminated that information is clearlyidentified as being unverified; and

6. Any permanent change to published information is to becoordinated with other applicable information originators beforethe change is published; and

7. Temporary information that is published without a defined expirydate be reviewed at an appropriate time to ensure that theoriginator takes the required action to cancel or reissue theinformation; and

8. The aeronautical information to be published in plain text to bein the English language; and

9. Place names to be spelt according to local usage, transliteratedwhen necessary into the Latin alphabet; and

10. Units of measurement to be consistent with those prescribed inCAR Part VIII, Subpart 1; and

11. Abbreviations, consistent with those prescribed in  paragraph 2,to be used in the published aeronautical information if—

12. Their use is appropriate; and

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 38/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 2 AIS

10

13. Their use facilitates the dissemination of the information; and

14. Any of the aeronautical information published to be promptlymade available to the aeronautical information services of otherStates, upon request by those States; and

15. The aeronautical information to be made available in a form thatis suitable for the operational requirements of—

16. Flight operations personnel, including flight crew members andthe service responsible for pre-flight briefing; and

17. The air traffic service units responsible for flight informationservices.

13.3 The applicant for an AIP service shall ensure that the procedures for theAIP service, in addition to paragraph 13.2, require—

1. Aeronautical charts, and operationally significant informationpublished in AIP Amendments and AIP Supplements, to bepublished in accordance with the AIRAC procedures; and

2. The information published under the AIRAC procedures to beclearly identified with the acronym AIRAC; and

3. The information published under the AIRAC procedures to bedistributed so that recipients receive the information at least 28days before its effective date; and

4. The information published under the AIRAC procedures to notchange for at least 28 days after the effective date, unless thecircumstance notified is of a temporary nature and would notpersist for the full AIRAC period; and

5. If an AIP Supplement is published to replace a NOTAM, thesupplement to include a reference to the serial number of theNOTAM; and

6. If and AIP Amendment or AIP Supplement is published underthe AIRAC procedures, a NOTAM to be originated giving a briefdescription of the operationally significant contents, the effectivedate and the reference number of each amendment orsupplement. The NOTAM shall—

a. come into force on the same effective date as theamendment or supplement; and

b. remain in force for a period of 14 days; and

7. If there is no applicable information to be published by theAIRAC date, a NIL notification to be issued; and

8. A NOTAM to be originated if information to be published as anAIP Amendment or an AIP Supplement takes effect prior to theeffective date of the amendment or supplement.

14 Records

14.1 Each applicant for the grant of an aeronautical information servicecertificate shall establish procedures to identify, collect, index, store,maintain and dispose of the records that are necessary for theaeronautical information service listed in their exposition.

14.2 Procedures shall ensure that – 

1. There are records enabling all incoming and outgoingaeronautical information to be readily identified and thatsupplementary information can be similarly identified, verified

 

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 39/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 2, AIS

11

and where necessary, authenticated; and

2. There is a record of each person who is authorised by theapplicant to check, edit and publish aeronautical information;and

3. There is a record of each occurrence of error correction underthe procedures required by paragraph 15.14 ; and

4. There is a record of each internal quality assurance review of

the applicant’s organisation carried out under the proceduresrequired by paragraph 15.13.4 and

5. There is a record of all audits and reviews required under thesafety management procedures required by paragraph 16.2;and

6. All records are legible and of a permanent nature; and

7. All records are retained for at least 5 years except NOTAM, AIPSupplements and Aeronautical Information Circulars, whichneed only to be retained for 31 days after cancellation.

15 Internal Quality Assurance

15.1 Each applicant for the grant of an aeronautical information servicecertificate shall establish internal quality assurance procedures toensure compliance with, and the adequacy of, the procedures requiredby this Subpart.

15.2 The quality system established in accordance with 15.1 shall conform toISO 9000 standards and shall be certified by an approved organisation.

15.3 The person who has responsibility for internal quality assurance shallhave direct access to the Chief Executive on matters affecting theadequacy, accuracy, timeliness format and dissemination of thepublished aeronautical information.

15.4 When the quality assurance procedures indicate that aeronautical

information to be supplied does not comply with the accuracy andintegrity requirements of paragraphs 15.9 to 15.11 inclusive, suchinformation shall not be supplied to the users.

15.5 Each applicant for the grant of an aeronautical information servicecertificate shall establish procedures to ensure that aeronautical data istraceable to its origin to allow any data anomalies or errors detectedduring the production and maintenance phases of the AIS, or inoperational use

15.6 The quality system shall—

1. Provide users with the necessary assurance and confidence thatdistributed aeronautical information or data satisfy stated

requirements for data quality (accuracy, resolution and integrity)and for data traceability through the use of appropriatemeasures at every stage of the data production or modificationprocesses; and

2. Provide assurance of the applicability period of intended use ofaeronautical data as well as that the agreed distribution datesshall be met.

15.7 Material to be issued as part of the Integrated Aeronautical InformationPackage shall be thoroughly checked and coordinated with theoriginator to ensure that all necessary information has been included

 

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 40/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 2 AIS

12

and that it is correct prior to distribution.

15.8 Validation and verification procedures shall be established to ensure thatthe quality requirements and traceability of aeronautical data are met.

15.9 Each applicant for the grant of an aeronautical information servicecertificate shall establish procedures to ensure that the order ofaccuracy of aeronautical data, based on a 95% confidence level, shallbe as specified in ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 2 and Annex 14, Volumes Iand II, chapter 2.

15.10 Each applicant for the grant of an aeronautical information servicecertificate shall establish procedures to ensure that the order ofpublication resolution shall be that specified in Appendices 1 and 7 toAnnex 15.

15.11 Each applicant for the grant of an aeronautical information servicecertificate shall establish procedures to ensure that the integrity ofaeronautical data is maintained throughout the data process fromoriginator to the end user.

The aeronautical data integrity requirements shall be based on the

potential risk resulting from the corruption of data and upon the use towhich the data item is put.

1. Consequently the following classifications and data integritylevels shall apply—

2. Critical data, integrity level 1x10-8

: there is a high probabilitywhen using corrupted critical data that the continued safe flightand landing of an aircraft would be severely at risk with thepotential for catastrophe;

3. Essential data, integrity level 1 x 10-5

: there is a low probabilitywhen using corrupted essential data that the continued safeflight and landing of an aircraft would be severely at risk with thepotential for catastrophe; and

4. Routine data, integrity level 1 x 10-3

: there is a very lowprobability when using corrupted routine data that the continuedsafe flight and landing of an aircraft would be severely at riskwith the potential for catastrophe.

Aeronautical data quality requirements related to classification and dataintegrity shall be as provided in Tables A7-1 to A7-5 of Appendix 7 toICAO Annex 15.

15.12 Each applicant for the grant of an aeronautical information servicecertificate shall establish procedures to ensure that protection ofelectronic aeronautical data while stored or in transit, shall be totallymonitored by the cyclical redundancy check (CRC).

To achieve protection of the integrity level of critical and essential

aeronautical data as classified in paragraph 15.11, a 32- or 24-bit CRCalgorithm shall apply respectively.

To achieve protection of the integrity level of routine aeronautical dataas classified in paragraph 15.11, a 16-bit CRC algorithm shall apply.

15.13 The procedures shall specify—

1. That the level of quality that the applicant intends to achievemeets the requirements of paragraphs 15.9 to 15.11  inclusive;and

2. The level and frequency of internal audits; and

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 41/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 2, AIS

13

3. The person or persons responsible for carrying out the internalaudits; and

4. How the findings of the internal audits are to be recorded andreported to the Chief Executive; and

5. How quality indicators such as error reports, incidents andcomplaints are incorporated into the internal quality assuranceprocedures; and

6. The means of rectifying any deficiencies found during an internalaudit; and

7. The documentation requirements for all aspects of the audit.

15.14 Each applicant for the grant of an aeronautical information servicecertificate shall establish procedures to record, investigate, correct, andreport any errors that are detected in the aeronautical informationpublished under the authority of their certificate.

The procedures shall ensure that—

1. The error is corrected by the most appropriate means relative tothe operational significance of the error; and

2. The correction is clearly identified in the republished information;

and

3. The source of the error is identified and, where possible,eliminated; and

4. The Air Navigation Service Regulations section of theDepartment of Aviation Safety and Standards, GCAA is notifiedof the publication error.

16 Safety Management

16.1 Each applicant for the grant of an aeronautical information servicecertificate shall establish a safety management system in accordancewith CAR Part X.

16.2 The safety management system shall include:

1. Hazard identification; and

2. Risk management; and

3. Safety assurance; and

4. Safety performance monitoring, auditing and measurement; and

5. Change management; and

6. Management Reviews.

17 Organisational Exposition

17.1 Each applicant for the grant of an aeronautical information servicecertificate shall provide the Air Navigation Service Regulations section ofthe Department of with an exposition containing – 

1. A statement signed by the Chief Executive on behalf of theapplicant’s organisation confirming that—

a. the exposition and any included manuals define theorganisation and demonstrate its means and methodsfor ensuring ongoing compliance with this Subpart; and

b. the exposition and any included manuals will be

 

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 42/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 2 AIS

14

complied with at all times; and

2. The titles and names of the person or persons required byparagraph 9.1.1 to 9.1.3 inclusive; and

3. The duties and responsibilities of the persons specified inparagraph 17.1.2 including matters for which they haveresponsibility to deal directly with the GCAA on behalf of theorganisation; and

4. An organisational chart showing lines of responsibility of thepersons specified in paragraph 17.1.2; and

5. A summary of the applicant’s staffing structure for eachaeronautical information service listed under paragraph 17.1.6;and

6. A list of the aeronautical information service to be covered bythe certificate; and

7. For a pre-flight information service, details of the area,aerodromes and air route stages required by paragraph 31.1;and

8. The location and address details of the applicable offices

required by paragraphs 21.2.1 and 28.1.1; and

9. Details of the applicant’s format and standards required byparagraph 11.1 for their published aeronautical information; and

10. Details of the applicant’s procedures required by —

a. paragraph 9 regarding the competence of personnel;and

b. paragraph 11 regarding the control of documentation;and

c. paragraph 12 regarding the collection of information;and

d. paragraph 13 regarding the publication of aeronautical

information; and

e. paragraph 14 regarding the identification, collection,indexing, storage, maintenance, and disposal ofrecords; and

f. paragraph 15 regarding internal quality assurance; and

g. paragraph 16 regarding safety management; and

11. The specific requirements of whichever elements of the AISprovision the applicant is seeking certification for; and

12. Procedures to control, amend and distribute the exposition.

17.2 The applicant’s exposition shall be acceptable to the Director of AviationSecurity and Infrastructure.

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 43/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 2, AIS

15

Section C – Operating Requirements

18 Continued Compliance

18.1 Each holder of an aeronautical information service certificate shall—

1. Hold at least one complete and current copy of their exposition

at each office listed in their exposition; and2. Comply with all procedures and standards detailed in their

exposition; and

3. Make each applicable part of their exposition available topersonnel who require those parts to carry out their duties; and

4. Continue to meet the standards and comply with therequirements of Section B prescribed for certification of thisSubpart; and

5. Notify the Air Navigation Services Regulations section of theDepartment of Aviation Security and Infrastructure of the GCAAof any change of address for service, telephone number orfacsimile number required by GCAA form AIS 01, within 28 days

of the change.

19 Changes to Certificate Holder’s Organisation

19.1 Each holder of an aeronautical information service certificate shallensure that their exposition is amended so as to remain a currentdescription of the holder’s organisation and services.

19.2 The certificate holder shall ensure that any amendments made to theholder’s exposition meet the applicable requirements of this Subpart andcomply with the amendment procedures contained in the holder’sexposition.

19.3 The certificate holder shall provide the ANS Regulations section of theDepartment of Aviation Security and Infrastructure of the GCAA with acopy of each amendment to the holder’s exposition as soon aspracticable after its incorporation into the exposition.

19.4 Where the certificate holder proposes to make a change to any of thefollowing, prior notification to and acceptance by the Director of AviationSecurity and Infrastructure is required:

1. The persons listed in paragraphs 9.1.1 to 9.1.3 inclusive; or

2. The aeronautical information service provided by the certificateholder; or

3. The format and standards for the aeronautical information

published under the authority of their certificate.

19.5 The Director of Aviation Security and Infrastructure may prescribeconditions under which a certificate holder may operate during orfollowing any of the changes specified in paragraph 19.4.

19.6 A certificate holder shall comply with any conditions prescribed inparagraph 19.5.

19.7 Where any of the changes referred to in paragraph 19 requires anamendment to the certificate, the certificate holder shall forward the

 

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 44/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 2 AIS

16

certificate to the Director, Aviation Security and Infrastructure as soon aspracticable.

19.8 The certificate holder shall make such amendments to the holder’sexposition as the Director of Aviation Security and Infrastructure mayconsider necessary in the interests of aviation safety.

20 Safety Inspections and Audits

20.1 The Director Aviation Security and Infrastructure may, in writing, requirethe holder of an aeronautical information service certificate to undergo orcarry out such inspections and audits of the holder’s aeronauticalinformation service offices, facilities, documents and records as theDirector consider necessary in the interests of civil aviation safety inaccordance with Article 7.10 of the GCAA Law.

20.2 The Director Aviation Security and Infrastructure may require from theholder of an aeronautical information service certificate such informationas the Director considers relevant to the inspection or audit.

Section D – UAE Aeronautical informationPublication Service

21 AIP General

21.1 The holder of an aeronautical information service certificate for the AIPservice shall produce—

1. The UAE AIP in accordance with the requirements of Subpart 2,Section D; and

2. AIP Amendments in accordance with paragraph 24; and

3. AIP Supplements in accordance with paragraph 25; and

4. Aeronautical charts in accordance with paragraph 27.The AIP may be produced either in an electronic or paper form.

21.2 The holder of an aeronautical information service certificate for the AIPservice shall, in addition to paragraph 21.1—

1. Designate an office as the UAE’s point of contact with theaeronautical information service of other States for theinterchange of the Integrated Aeronautical Information Package,except for NOTAM; and

2. Make the UAE AIP, AIP Amendments, AIP Supplements andAIC available to any person, upon payment of a charge that mayapply to the supply of the publications; and

3. Establish a system to disseminate the UAE AIP, AIPAmendments, AIP Supplements, Aeronautical charts and AIC inaccordance with AIRAC procedures; and

4. Ensure that every aeronautical chart published as part of theAIP conforms to the applicable standards for the charts; and

5. Coordinate the input of all aeronautical information from theoriginators prescribed in paragraph 12.2.1, except thatinformation of immediate operational significance which will bepromulgated by NOTAM; and

6. Ensure that the AIP, AIP Amendments and the AIP

 

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 45/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 2, AIS

17

Supplements are distributed by the most expeditious means;and

7. Establish and operate an automated AIP production system.

22 Contents of the UAE AIP

22.1 The UAE AIP shall contain current information, data and aeronautical

charts relating to—1. The regulatory and airspace requirements for air navigation in

the UAE FIR; and

2. The UAE services and facilities that support international airnavigation to and from the UAE; and

3. The services and facilities that support air navigation within theUAE FIR; and

4. Aerodromes operating under an aerodrome licence issued inaccordance with CAR Part IX.

22.2 The UAE AIP may contain information, data and aeronautical chartsrelating to aerodromes not operating under an aerodrome licence issued

in accordance with CAR Part IX, provided that—1. The aerodrome operator provides the holder of the aeronautical

information service certificate for the AIP service with therequired data and information for the aerodrome; and

2. The aerodrome operator accepts responsibility for the accuracyand currency of that information; and

3. The AIP entry states that the information is unverified inaccordance with paragraph 13.2.5.

22.3 The UAE AIP shall be produced in three parts, sections and subsectionscontaining current information relating to and arranged under thesubjects enumerated in Appendix 1 to Annex 15.

The AIP shall include in the GEN section —1. A statement to advise which organisations are responsible for

the air navigation facilities, services and procedures covered bythe UAE AIP; and

2. The general conditions under which those services and facilitiesare available for use; and

3. A list of differences with the ICAO Standards, RecommendedPractices and Procedures the GCAA has filed under Article 38of the Convention; and

4. A summary of any significant standards, practices andprocedures followed by the UAE, where ICAO Standards,Recommended Practices and Procedures allow an alternative

course of action.

23 Specifications for the UAE AIP

23.1 Each publication that forms part of the UAE AIP shall—

1. Specify the purpose of the publication, the geographic areacovered by that publication and that the publication is part of theUAE AIP; and

2. Be self contained, include a table of contents with pagenumbers; and

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 46/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 2 AIS

18

3. Specify that it is published—

a. by the holder of the aeronautical information service forthe AIP service; and

b. under the authority of the holder’s certificate issued bythe GCAA; and

4. Not duplicate information unnecessarily and, if duplication is

necessary, there shall be no difference in the duplicatedinformation in respect of the same facility, service or procedure;and

5. Be published in loose leaf form where possible, unless thecomplete document is reissued at frequent intervals.

6. Be dated, or if the publication is in loose leaf form, each pageshall be dated. The date shall consist of the day, month byname, and the year when the aeronautical information becomeseffective; and

7. Be updated by means of AIP Amendments or by reissue atregular intervals; and

8. Show clearly the degree of reliability of and unverified

information.

23.2 A publication in loose-leaf form shall additionally—

1. Specify on each page, which publication the page belongs toand that the page is part of the UAE AIP; and

2. Specify on each page the AIRAC number of the cycle in whichthe page became effective; and

3. Contain a checklist that—

a. gives the effective date and page number or chart title ofeach page or chart in the publication ; and

b. is issued with each AIP Amendment; and

4. Specifies to which publication it belongs; and

5. Be printed with a page number and the date as prescribed inparagraph 23.1.6

24 Specifications for AIP Amendments

24.1 Permanent changes to the UAE AIP shall be published as AIPAmendments.

24.2 Each AIP Amendment shall—

1. Be allocated a serial number which shall be consecutive andbased on the AIRAC cycle.

2. Show the issue date on the cover page; and

3. Shall include references to the serial numbers of thoseelements, if any, of the Integrated AIP, which have beenincorporated into the amendment; and

4. Clearly identify by a distinctive symbol or annotation, all changesto published information, and all new information on a reprintedpage; and

5. Include on the amendment cover page a brief indication of thesubjects affected by the amendment.

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 47/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 2, AIS

19

24.3 Operationally significant changes to the AIP shall be published inaccordance with AIRAC procedures and shall be identified by theacronym AIRAC.

24.4 The AIP shall be amended or reissued at such regular intervals as maybe necessary to keep them up to date.

Recourse to hand amendments or annotations shall be kept to theminimum. The normal method of amendment shall be by replacementpages.

The interval to be used shall be specified in the AIP, Part 1 – General(GEN)

24.5 When no AIP Amendment shall be issued at the established interval, aNIL notification shall be issued by NOTAM and included in the monthlylist of valid NOTAM as required by Section E, paragraph 29.7 

25 Specifications for AIP Supplements

25.1 Temporary changes of 3 months duration or more, and information of

short duration containing extensive text or graphics shall be issued asan AIP Supplement.

25.2 Each AIP Supplement shall be allocated a serial number which shall beconsecutive and based on the calendar year.

25.3 An AIP Supplement shall be retained in the AIP while any of the contentremains valid.

25.4 An AIP Supplement issued as a replacement for a NOTAM shall containreference to the serial number of the NOTAM concerned.

25.5 A checklist of valid AIP Supplements shall be issued at intervals of notmore than 1 month and shall be issued through the monthly list of valid

NOTAM as required by Section E paragraph 29.7.

25.6 AIP Supplement pages shall be coloured yellow and shall be kept in thefront of the AIP.

26 Specifications for an AIC

26.1 An AIC shall be originated whenever it is necessary to promulgateaeronautical information which does not qualify for inclusion in the AIPor under the specifications required for the issue of a NOTAM.

26.2 An AIC shall be issued when it is desirable to publish—

1. A long term notification of any major changes to legislation,

regulations, procedures or facilities; or

2. Information of a purely explanatory or advisory nature liable toaffect flight safety; or

3. Information of a purely explanatory or advisory nature ontechnical, administrative or legislative matters.

26.3 Each AIC shall—

1. Be issued in printed form; and

2. Allocated a serial number which shall be consecutive and based

 

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 48/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 2 AIS

20

on the calendar year; and

3. Distributed to subscribers to the AIP service.

26.4 A checklist of current AIC’s shall be issued at least annually, as an AIC.

27 Specifications for Aeronautical Charts

27.1 Aeronautical charts shall be provided as part of the AIP covering allaspects of an aircraft operation from the point when the aircraft taxiesfrom the stand for departure until it taxies to the stand after landing at itsdestination.

Charts provided shall be as per Appendix 1 to Annex 4.

27.2 Each chart shall provide information relevant to the function of the chartand its design shall observe Human Factors principles which facilitate itsoptimum use.

Note: Guidance on Human Factors principles can be found in ICAO Doc 9683, Human Factors Training Manual.

27.3 Each type of chart shall provide information appropriate to the phase offlight, to ensure the safe and expeditious operation of the aircraft.

Presentation of information shall—

1. Be accurate, unambiguous, readable in all normal operatingconditions and free from distortion and clutter; and

2. Be in a form which enables the pilot to acquire it in a reasonabletime consistent with workload and operating conditions; and

3. Permit a smooth transition from chart to chart as appropriate tothe phase of flight.

27.4 Colour, tints and font size used shall be such that the chart can be easilyread and interpreted in varying conditions of natural and artificial light.

Colours used on charts shall conform to Appendix 3 to Annex 4.

27.5 Aeronautical Charts shall be orientated to True North except wherepermitted otherwise in the relevant chapters 3 to 21 inclusive of ICAOAnnex 4.

27.6 The title of an aeronautical chart prepared in accordance with thespecifications contained in paragraph 27, and intended to satisfy thefunction of the chart, shall be that of the relevant chapters 3 to 21inclusive of ICAO Annex 4, modified by any different standard initiatedby the holder of the aeronautical information service certificate for theAIP service and approved by the Director of Aviation Security andInfrastructure of the GCAA.

The use of the word “ICAO” shall not be used in the title where theAnnex 4 standards have been modified.

27.7 The marginal note layout for each chart shall be as given in Appendix 1to ICAO Annex 4, except where otherwise specified in chapters 3 to 21,of Annex 4 for the relevant chart.

27.8 The following information shall be shown on the face of each chart,except where otherwise stated in chapters 3 to 21, of Annex 4 for therelevant chart—

1. Designation or title of the chart/ series; and

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 49/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 2, AIS

21

2. The name and reference of the sheet; and

3. Where applicable, on each margin, an indication of the adjoiningsheet.

27.9 The name and address of the producing agency shall be shown in themargin of the chart unless the chart is published as part of anaeronautical document, in which case, the information shall be placed inthe front of the document.

27.10 A legend to the symbols and abbreviations used shall be provided.

The legend shall be either—

1. On the face or reverse of the each chart; or

2. Where space precludes the requirement of 27.10.1, a separatelegend page/s may be published.

27.11 Symbols used shall conform to those shown in Appendix 2 to ICAOAnnex 4 except, where it is desired to show special features or items ofimportance to aviation for which no ICAO symbol is provided, anappropriate symbol may be chosen provided that it does not causeconfusion with an ICAO symbol or impair the legibility of the chart.

27.12 The size and prominence of symbols and the thickness and spacing oflines may be varied according to the scale and functions of the chart,with due regard to the importance of the information they convey.

27.13 Units of measurement shall be as follows—

1. Distances shall be;

a. Geodesic distance

b. In either kilometres or nautical miles, or both providedthe units are clearly differentiated,

2. Altitudes, elevations and heights shall be expressed as eithermetres or feet, or both provided the units are clearly

differentiated,3. Linear dimensions on aerodromes and short distances shall be

expressed in metres,

4. The order of resolution of distances, dimensions, elevations andheights shall be that specified for a particular chart,

5. The units of measurement used to express distances, altitudes,elevations and heights shall be conspicuously stated on eachchart,

6. Conversion scales (km/nm, m/ft) shall be provided on each charton which distances, elevations or elevations are shown. Theconversion scales shall be placed on the face of each chart.

27.14 For charts of large areas, the name, basic parameters and scale of theprojection used shall be indicated.

On charts of smaller areas, a linear scale only shall be indicated.

27.15 The date of validity of aeronautical information shall be clearly shown onthe face of each chart.

27.16 The symbols of the Roman alphabet shall be used for all writing.

Where a geographical term such as “cape,”, “point”, “gulf” is abbreviatedon any particular chart, that word shall be spelt out in full in respect to

 

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 50/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 2 AIS

22

the most important example of each type.

Punctuation marks shall not be used in abbreviations within the body ofa chart.

In areas where Romanised names have not been officially produced oradopted, and outside the territory of the UAE, names should betransliterated form the non-Roman alphabet form by the systemgenerally used by the producing agency.

27.17 Abbreviations shall be used on aeronautical charts whenever they areappropriate.

Where applicable, abbreviations shall be selected from the abbreviationsand codes contained in ICAO Doc 8400.

27.18 International boundaries shall be shown, but may be interrupted if datamore important to the use of the chart would be obscured.

Where the name of more than one State appears on a chart, the namesof the countries shall be indicated.

27.19 Relief, where shown, shall be portrayed in a manner that will satisfy thechart users’ need for—

1. Orientation and identification;

2. Safe terrain clearance;

3. Clarity of aeronautical information when shown;

4. Planning.

Relief shall be portrayed by a combination of contours, hypsometrictints, spot elevations and hill shading, the choice of method beingaffected by the nature and scale of the chart and its intended use.

Where relief is shown by hypsometric tints, the tints used shall be basedon those shown in Appendix 4 to ICAO Annex 4.

Where spot elevations are used they shall be shown for selected critical

points.

The value of spot elevations of doubtful accuracy shall be followed bythe sign ±

27.20 Prohibited, restricted or danger areas shall be shown where theirpresence could affect the aircraft operation for which the chart isapplicable.

Where the areas are shown, the reference or other identification shall beincluded, except that the nationality letters may be omitted.

27.21 When air traffic services airspace is shown on a chart, the class ofairspace, the type, name or call sign, the vertical limits and the radiofrequencies to be used shall be indicated.

The horizontal airspace limits shall be shown in accordance withAppendix 2 to ICAO Annex 4.

On charts used for visual flight, relevant elements of the ATS airspaceclassification table shall be shown either on the face or reverse of thechart.

27.22 True north and the magnetic variation shall be indicated. The order ofresolution of magnetic variation shall be that specified for the particularchart.

When magnetic variation is shown on a chart, the values shown should

 

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 51/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 2, AIS

23

be those for the year nearest the date of publication that is divisible by 5.In exceptional cases where the current value would be more than onedegree different, after applying the calculation for annual change, aninterim date and value should be quoted.

27.23 The Aeronautical Chart Manual (ICAO Doc 8697) contains samples oftype suitable for use in aeronautical charts.

27.24 Aeronautical data used for aeronautical charts shall comply with theintegrity, resolution and quality requirements of paragraphs 15.9 to15.11 inclusive.

27.25 Protection of electronic aeronautical data shall comply with therequirements of paragraph 15.12.

27.26 Guidance on the aeronautical data quality requirements is contained inthe WGS-84 Manual (ICAO Doc 9674)

27.27 Common reference systems shall be used for horizontal, vertical andtemporal references as follows—

1. Horizontal reference system:

a. WGS-84 shall be used as the horizontal (geodetic)reference system. Published aeronautical geographicalcoordinates (indicating latitude and longitude) shall beexpressed in terms of the WGS-84 geodetic referencedatum.

b. Geographical coordinates which have been transformedinto WGS-84 coordinates but whose accuracy of originalfield work does not meet the requirements of Annex 11,Ch 2 and Annex 14, Vol. I and II, Ch 2, shall beidentified by an asterisk.

c. The order of chart resolution of geographicalcoordinates shall be that specified for the particularchart or series and in accordance with Annex 4,Appendix 6, Table 1.

2. Vertical reference system:

a. Mean sea level (MSL), which gives the relationship ofgravity related height (elevation) to a surface known asthe geoid, shall be used as the vertical referencesystem.Note 1: The geoid most closely approximates MSL.Note 2: Gravity related heights are also referred to as orthometric heights while distances of points above the ellipsoid are referred to as ellipsoidal heights.

b. In addition to the elevations referenced to MSL, for thespecific surveyed ground positions, geoid undulation(referenced to the WGS-84 ellipsoid) for those positions

shall also be published as specified for a particularchart.Note: Specifications governing the determination and reporting (accuracy of field work and data integrity) of elevation and geoid undulation at specific positions at aerodromes/ heliports are given in Annex 14, Vol I and II, Ch 2, and in Appendices 5 and 1 respectively.

c. The order of chart resolution of elevation and geoidundulation shall be that specified for the particular chartor series and in accordance with Annex 4, Appendix 6,Table 2.

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 52/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 2 AIS

24

3. Temporal reference system:

a. The Gregorian calendar and Coordinated UniversalTime (UTC) shall be used as the temporal referencesystem.

Section E – NOTAM Service

28 NOTAM Service General

28.1 Each applicant for the grant of an aeronautical information servicecertificate for the NOTAM service shall—

1. Designate a NOF for the UAE; and

2. Operate the NOF on a 24 hour basis; and

3. Establish agreements with other international NOTAM offices forthe exchange of NOTAM; and

4. Ensure that—

a. the NOF is connected to the AFS; and

b. the AFS connection provides for printed communication;and

c. the NOF has appropriate facilities to issue and receiveNOTAM distributed by means of telecommunication;and

5. Promptly issue a NOTAM that is in accordance with this Sectionwhenever information received under paragraph 12.2.1 requiresthe issue of a NOTAM; and

6. At intervals of not more than one month, issue a checklist via theAFS of the NOTAM that are currently in force.

7. Establish and operate an automated NOTAM managementsystem.

29 Specifications for NOTAM

29.1 A NOTAM shall be originated and issued promptly whenever—

1. The information to be promulgated is of a temporary nature andof short duration; or

2. Operationally significant permanent changes or temporarychanges of long duration are made at short notice,

Except that – 

3. For information of short extensive text or graphics, when an AIPSupplement should be issued.

Operationally significant changes concerning circumstances listed inAnnex 15, Appendix 4, Part 1 are issued under the AIRAC system.

29.2 A NOTAM shall be originated and issued concerning the followinginformation;

1. Establishment, closure or significant operational changes to andairport, heliport or runway; or

2. Establishment, withdrawal or significant operational changes inaeronautical services; or

3. Establishment, withdrawal and significant changes in operational

 

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 53/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 2, AIS

25

capability of radio navigation and air ground communicationservices; or

4. Establishment, withdrawal or significant changes to visual aids;or

5. Interruption or return to service of major components ofaerodrome lighting; or

6. Establishment, withdrawal or significant changes to procedures

for air navigation services; or

7. Occurrence or correction of major defects or impediments in themanoeuvring area; or

8. Changes to and limitations in availability of fuel, oil and oxygen;or

9. Major changes to SAR facilities and services available; or

10. Establishment, withdrawal or return to operation of hazardbeacons relating to obstacles to air navigation; or

11. Changes in regulations requiring immediate action such asprohibited areas for SAR action; or

12. Presence of hazards, such as military exercises, displays,

obstacles and major parachuting events outside promulgatedareas, affecting air navigation; or

13. Erection, removal or changes to obstacles to air navigation inthe take-off/climb, missed approach, approach or runway stripareas; or

14. Establishment, deactivation or changes to prohibited, restrictedor danger areas; or

15. Establishment or discontinuance of areas, routes or portionsthereof where the possibility of interception exists and where themaintenance of guard on 121.5 MHz is required; or

16. Allocation, cancellation or change of location indicators; or

17. When significant changes to the level of rescue and fire fightingprotection normally available at an aerodrome requires a changein category. Such change of category shall be clearly stated.See CAR Part IX Subpart 2 ; or

18. The presence, removal of or significant changes in hazardousconditions existing on the movement area; or

19. Outbreaks of epidemics necessitating changes in notifiedrequirements in inoculations and quarantine measures; or

20. Forecasts of solar cosmic radiation, where provided; or

21. An operationally significant change in volcanic activity, location,date and time of volcanic eruptions, including the extent anddirection of movement of volcanic ash clouds and routes whichcould be affected; or

22. The release into the atmosphere of radioactive materials or toxicchemicals following a nuclear or chemical incident, including thelocation, date and time of the incident, routes and flight levelswhich could be affected; or

23. The establishment of operations of humanitarian relief missionstogether with procedures and limitations which affect airnavigation; or

24. Implementation of short term contingency measures in cases ofdisruption, or partial disruption, of air traffic services and related

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 54/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 2 AIS

26

supporting services.

The need for a NOTAM should be considered in other situations whichmay affect the operations of aircraft.

29.3 The following information shall not be notified by NOTAM—

1. Routine maintenance on aprons or taxiways which will not affectthe safe movement of aircraft; or

2. Runway marking work, when aircraft operations can safely beconducted on other runways, or when the equipment can beremoved when necessary; or

3. Temporary obstructions in the vicinity of an aerodrome orheliport that do not affect the safe operation of aircraft; or

4. Partial failure of aerodrome or heliport lighting facilities whensuch failure does not directly affect aircraft operations; or

5. Partial temporary failure of air ground communications whensuitable alternative frequencies are known to be available andare operative; or

6. The lack of apron marshalling services or road traffic control; or

7. The unserviceability of location, destination of other instructionalsigns on the aerodrome movement area; or

8. Parachuting in uncontrolled airspace under VFR, whencontrolled, at promulgated sites or within danger or prohibitedareas; or

9. Other information of similar temporary nature.

29.4 At least seven days’ advance notice shall be given of the activation ofestablished prohibited, restricted or danger areas and of activitiesrequiring temporary airspace restrictions other than for emergencyoperations.

Notice of any subsequent cancellation of activities, reduction of effective

hours or the dimensions of the airspace shall be given as soon aspossible.

29.5 NOTAM notifying unserviceability of aids to air navigation, facilities orcommunication services shall give an estimate of the period ofunserviceability or the time at which service shall be resumed.

29.6 When an AIP Amendment or an AIP Supplement is issued inaccordance with AIRAC procedures, a NOTAM shall be issued giving abrief description of the contents, effective date and reference number ofthe Amendment or Supplement. This NOTAM shall come into force onthe effective date of the Amendment or Supplement and shall remainvalid in the pre flight bulletin for a period of fourteen days.

Note: See ICAO document 8126 for guidance on the issue of such “trigger” NOTAM 

29.7 Each NOTAM shall contain the information in the order shown in theNOTAM format in Appendix 6 to ICAO Annex 15.

NOTAM text shall be composed of the abbreviated phraseologyassigned to the ICAO NOTAM Code complemented by ICAOabbreviations, indicators, designators, call signs, frequencies, figuresand plain English language.

Note: The ICAO NOTAM Code, abbreviated phraseologies and abbreviations are contained in ICAO Doc 8400.

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 55/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 2, AIS

27

29.8 NOTAM shall be issued in either of two series:

1. Series A containing information on all airports, facilities andprocedures available for use by international civil aviation whichare promulgated both internationally and nationally, and

2. Series B containing information of concern to aircraft other thanthose engaged in international civil aviation which arepromulgated nationally and to selected adjacent States on

request.

29.9 Each NOTAM shall be issued a serial number by the NOTAM office,starting with 0001 at 0001 UTC on January 01 each year.

29.10 When an error occurs in a NOTAM, a replacement NOTAM with a newnumber shall be issued to replace the erroneous NOTAM.

29.11 When a NOTAM is issued which cancels or replaces a previousNOTAM, the series and number of the previous NOTAM shall beindicated. The series, location indicator and subject of both NOTAMshall be the same.

Only one NOTAM shall be cancelled or replaced by a NOTAM.

29.12 Each NOTAM shall—

1. Be as brief as possible and compiled so that its meaning is clearwithout the need to refer to another document.

2. Be transmitted as a single telecommunication message

3. Deal with only one subject and one condition of the subject.

Note: Doc 8126 contains guidance on the combination of subject and condition of the subject in accordance with the NOTAM Selection Criteria.

29.13 A NOTAM containing permanent or temporary information of longduration shall contain appropriate AIP or AIP Supplement references.

29.14 Location indicators used in a NOTAM shall conform to those in ICAODoc 7910.

A curtailed form of the location indicator shall not be used.

Where no location indicator is assigned to the location, the name of thelocation spelt in accordance with paragraph 13.2.9 shall be entered inthe text of the NOTAM in plain language

29.15 The NOTAM checklist required under paragraph 28.1.6 shall—

1. Be issued for each series; and

2. Refer to the latest AIP Amendments, AIP Supplements and theinternationally distributed AICs; and

3. Be distributed to the same distribution list as the actual NOTAMseries to which the checklist refers and be clearly identified as achecklist.

29.16 A monthly printed plain language list of valid NOTAM, including therequirements of paragraph 29.16.2, shall be prepared with the minimumof delay and forwards by the most expeditious means to the recipients ofthe Integrated Aeronautical Information Package.

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 56/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 2 AIS

28

30 Distribution of NOTAM

30.1 The GCAA shall determine which NOTAM are to be given internationaldistribution.

30.2 NOTAM shall—

1. Be distributed on the basis of a request from an authorisedoriginator of NOTAM; and

2. Be prepared in conformity with the relevant provisions of ICAOcommunication procedures; and

3. Use the AFS whenever practicable for distribution.

30.3 International exchange of NOTAM shall take place in accordance withagreements detailed in paragraph 28.1.3.

When such a NOTAM exchange sent by means other than the AFS, asix digit date time group indicating the date and time of NOTAMorigination, and the identification of the originator shall be used,preceding the text.

30.4 The exchanges of NOTAM between international NOF shall, as far as ispracticable, be limited to the requirements of the receiving Statesconcerned by means of separate series providing for at leastinternational and domestic flights.

30.5 Selective predetermined NOTAM distribution lists shall be used whenpracticable.

Note: Guidance material related to distribution lists is contained in ICAO Doc 8126.

Section F - Pre – Flight Information Service

31 Pre- Flight Information Service General

31.1 Each applicant for the grant of an aeronautical information servicecertificate for the pre- flight information service shall, for the pre-flightservice/s listed in their exposition, specify —

1. The geographic area; and

2. The aerodrome/s and the route stages originating from thoseaerodromes.

31.2 The holder of an aeronautical information service certificate for the Pre-Flight Information Service shall ensure that, at any aerodrome or heliportnormally used for international air operations, aeronautical informationessential for the safety, regularity and efficiency of navigation on

international routes and destinations relative to the aerodrome orheliport, is made available to flight operations personnel, including flightcrews, and services responsible for pre-flight information.

31.3 Aeronautical information provided for pre-flight planning purposes at theaerodromes or heliports referred to in paragraph 31.1, shall includerelevant elements of the Integrated Aeronautical Information Packageand relevant maps and charts.

These documents may be limited to those of the UAE and, whenpracticable, those of immediately adjacent States, provided a completelibrary of aeronautical information is available via a central location and

 

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 57/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 2, AIS

29

direct communications is available between an aerodrome briefing officeand that library.

31.4 Additional current information relating to the aerodrome of departureshall be provided concerning the following—

1. Construction or maintenance work on or immediately adjacent tothe manoeuvring area;

2. Rough portions of any part of the manoeuvring area whethermarked or not;

3. The presence and depth of water on runways and taxiways,including the effect on surface friction;

4. Parked aircraft or other objects on or immediately adjacent totaxiways;

5. The presence of other temporary hazards;

6. The presence of birds or other wildlife constituting a potentialhazard to aircraft operations;

7. Failure or irregular operation of part or all of the aerodromelighting system including approach, threshold, runway, taxiway,obstruction and manoeuvring area unserviceability lights and

aerodrome power supply;

8. Failure, irregular operation and changes in the operationalstatus of radio navigation services, visual aids, communicationfacilities or services, surveillance systems, RVR systems andstandby power supplies;

9. The establishment of operations of humanitarian relief missionstogether with procedures and limitations which affect airnavigation.

31.5 A recapitulation of current NOTAM and other urgent information shall bemade available to flight crew in the form of an English plain languagepre-flight information bulletin (PIB)

31.6 The holder of an aeronautical information service certificate for the Pre-Flight Information Service shall ensure that arrangements are made toreceive information concerning the state and operation of air navigationfacilities or services noted by air crew and shall ensure that suchinformation is made available to the aeronautical information services forsuch distribution as the circumstances necessitate.

32 Automated Pre- Flight Information Systems

32.1 Each applicant for the grant of, or holder of, an aeronautical informationservice certificate for the pre – flight information service who wishes toautomate the PIB shall obtain GCAA acceptance of the automatedsystem in accordance with CAR Part VIII, Subpart 1, paragraph 13.1.

32.2 Each applicant shall establish procedures to ensure that the automatedPIB provides—

1. The documents referred to in paragraphs 31.3 to 31.5 inclusive;

2. Meteorological information as required by ICAO Annex 3,Chapter 9, subject to agreement with the MeteorologicalAuthority;

3. NOTAM relevant to the destination airport, alternate airport andthe route stage to be flown;

4. Access to the system by operations personnel including flight

 

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 58/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 2 AIS

30

crew members and other aeronautical personnel concerned,shall include:

5. easy access in a guided manner to all relevant information anddata;

6. consultation as necessary with AIS and Meteorological staff;

7. Continuous and timely updating of the system database;

8. Monitoring of the validity and quality of the aeronauticalinformation stored;

9. Provision for paper printed versions of the informationaccessible;

10. A rapid response to user inputs.

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 59/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 2, AIS

31

ATTACHMENT1

APPLICATION FOR AN AIS CERTIFICATE 

APPLICATION FOR AIS PROVIDERS CERTIFICATE

Name of Unit

Administrative Authority

One copy of the AIS Organisation’s Exposition, prepared in accordance with the

Civil Aviation Regulations, is enclosed with this application.

The Certificate will be based on the particulars contained in the AIS

Organisation’s Exposition

On behalf of the Administrative Authority named above, I certify that the

information contained in the AIS Organisation Exposition is correct in every

respect and that no relevant information has been withheld.

Name

Signature

Date

AIS Form 01:

GENERAL CIVIL AVIATION AUTHORITY

P.O. Box 6558

Abu Dhabi - UAE

GENERAL CIVIL AVIATION AUTHORITY

P.O. Box 6558

Abu Dhabi - UAE

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 60/226

CAR Part VIII, Subpart 3

CAR PART VIIISubpart 3

TO BE DEVELOPED

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 61/226

CAR PART VIII Subpart 4, ATS

1

CAR PART VIII

SUBPART 4

AIR TRAFFIC SERVICES

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 62/226

CAR PART VIII Subpart 4, ATS

2

CONTENTS

1. APPLICABILITY ...................................................................................................................... 8 2. DEFINITIONS AND ACRONYMS ........................................................................................... 8 3. AIR TRAFFIC SERVICES CERTIFICATE .............................................................................. 9 3.4. PRIVILEGES OF CERTIFICATE ......................................................................................... 10 3.5. CERTIFICATE RENEWAL ................................................................................................... 10 3.6. CONTINUED COMPLIANCE ............................................................................................... 10 4.  PERSONNEL REQUIREMENTS ......................................................................................... 10 5. ATS TRAINING .................................................................................................................... 12 6. SHIFT ADMINISTRATION ................................................................................................... 12 

7. FACILITY REQUIREMENTS ................................................................................................ 13 

8. ESTABLISHMENT AND TRANSFER OF SERVICE ............................................................ 16 9. DOCUMENTATION .............................................................................................................. 16 10. CONTINGENCY PLAN ......................................................................................................... 17 11. ATS CO-ORDINATION REQUIREMENTS ......................................................................... 17 12. NOTIFICATION OF FACILITY STATUS ............................................................................. 19 13. RECEIPT OF INFORMATION REQUIREMENTS ............................................................... 19 14. METEOROLOGICAL INFORMATION AND REPORTING ................................................ 20 15. AREA AND APPROACH CONTROL SERVICES ................................................................ 20 

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 63/226

CAR PART VIII Subpart 4, ATS

3

16. AERODROME CONTROL SERVICES ................................................................................ 21 17. SPECIAL USE AIRSPACE ................................................................................................... 22 18.  RESPONSIBILITY FOR CONTROL ..................................................................................... 22 19. PRIORITIES ......................................................................................................................... 23 20. AIR TRAFFIC FLOW MANAGEMENT (ATFM) .................................................................... 24 21.  ATC CLEARANCES ............................................................................................................. 25 22.  DEVIATION FROM AN ATC CLEARANCE ......................................................................... 26 23.  CRUISING LEVELS ............................................................................................................. 26 24.  FLIGHT INFORMATION SERVICE ...................................................................................... 26 25. AERODROME FLIGHT INFORMATION SERVICE ............................................................. 28 26. ALERTING SERVICE ........................................................................................................... 28 27. FLIGHT PLANS ..................................................................................................................... 31 28.  TIME ..................................................................................................................................... 32 29.  ALTIMETER SETTING PROCEDURES ............................................................................. 32 30.  RADIO AND TELEPHONE PROCEDURES ....................................................................... 32 31.  ATS SURVEILLANCE SERVICES ...................................................................................... 33 32.  AIRCRAFT EMERGENCIES AND IRREGULAR OPERATIONS ....................................... 36 33.  ACCIDENT, INCIDENT AND OCCURRENCE REPORTING ............................................. 37 34.  RECORDS ........................................................................................................................... 37 35.  LOGS AND POSITION LOGS ............................................................................................. 39 36.  SECURITY ............................................................................................................................ 39 37.  SERVICE DISRUPTIONS .................................................................................................... 40 

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 64/226

CAR PART VIII Subpart 4, ATS

4

38.  SAFETY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (SMS) REQUIREMENTS .......................................... 40 39.  QUALITY ASSURANCE SYSTEM (QAS) REQUIREMENTS ............................................... 41 40.  TRIALS ................................................................................................................................. 42 41.  DENIAL OF ATC CLEARANCE ........................................................................................... 42 42.  SUSPENSION OF VFR OPERATIONS ............................................................................... 42 43.  ORGANISATION EXPOSITION ........................................................................................... 42 44.  ATS OPERATIONS MANUAL .............................................................................................. 43 45.  CHANGES TO CERTIFICATE HOLDER’S ORGANISATION ............................................. 45 46.  WITHDRAWAL OR TRANSFER OF SERVICE ................................................................... 46 47.  TRANSITION ........................................................................................................................ 46 

APPENDIX 1: SEPARATION CRITERIA AND MINIMA .............................................................. 1 1.1. GENERAL ................................................................................................................................ 1 1.2. SEPARATION INVOLVING MILITARY AIRCRAFT ................................................................ 1 1.3.  FORMATION FLIGHTS .......................................................................................................... 2 1.4.SEPARATION FROM ACTIVE SPECIAL USE AIRSPACE ..................................................... 2 AREA AND APPROACH SEPARATION CRITERIA ...................................................................... 2 1.5.  LONGITUDINAL SEPARATION BY TIME ............................................................................. 2 1.6.  LONGITUDINAL SEPARATION BY DISTANCE.................................................................... 3 1.7.  LATERAL SEPARATION ....................................................................................................... 3 RADAR SEPARATION ................................................................................................................... 3 1.8. RADAR SEPARATION FROM AN UNIDENTIFIED CONTROLLED FLIGHT ........................ 3 

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 65/226

CAR PART VIII Subpart 4, ATS

5

1.9. RADAR SEPARATION FROM HOLDING AIRCRAFT ........................................................... 4 1.10. RADAR SEPARATION FOR AIRCRAFT ON RECIPROCAL TRACKS ............................... 4 AERODROME SEPARATION CRITERIA ...................................................................................... 4 1.11. SEPARATION OF SUCCESSIVE IFR DEPARTURES ....................................................... 4 1.12. REDUCED RUNWAY SEPARATION ................................................................................... 5 1.13. OPERATION ON PARALLEL RUNWAYS ............................................................................ 5 1.14. HELICOPTER OPERATIONS ............................................................................................... 5 1.15. WAKE TURBULENCE SEPARATION ................................................................................... 6 1.16. COMPOSITE VISUAL SEPARATION ................................................................................... 6 

APPENDIX 2: ATS TRAINING ...................................................................................................... 1 2.1. ATC COURSE APPROVALS ............................................................................................... 1 2.2. APPROVED UNIT TRAINING AND ASSESSMENT PLANS ............................................... 2 2.3.  AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL EXAMINERS .............................................................................. 3 2.4.  AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL INSTRUCTORS ........................................................................... 4 2.5 ASSESSMENT OF PREVIOUS COMPETENCE AT ATC UNITS ........................................ 4 2.6. TRAINING RECORDS .......................................................................................................... 5 2.7. CONTINUATION TRAINING REQUIREMENTS ................................................................... 6 2.8. ENGLISH LANGUAGE PROFICIENCY TRAINING .............................................................. 7 2.9.  MINIMUM EXPERIENCE REQUIREMENTS ........................................................................ 7 2.10.  COMPETENCE OF AIR TRAFFIC CONTROLLERS ........................................................... 9 2.11.  FAILURE TO MAINTAIN CURRENCY ............................................................................... 14 

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 66/226

CAR PART VIII Subpart 4, ATS

6

APPENDIX 3: AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL LICENSING.................................................................. 1 3.1.  INTRODUCTION .................................................................................................................... 1 3.2. APPLICABILITY ..................................................................................................................... 1 3.3 . LICENSING APPLICATION PROCEDURE ........................................................................... 1 3.4.  OJT TRAINING PERMITS ...................................................................................................... 2 3.5.  ATC LICENCES ..................................................................................................................... 4 3.6.  REQUIRED KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND EXPERIENCE ..................................................... 5 3.7. LICENCE, PERMIT AND CERTIFICATE MAINTENANCE AND RETURN ........................... 6 3.8.  AIR TRAFFIC CONTROLLER RATINGS AND ENDORSEMENTS ...................................... 8 3.9.  ENGLISH LANGUAGE PROFICIENCY ............................................................................... 12 3.10. MEDICAL REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................................... 13 3.11. AIR TRAFFIC CONTROLLER DUTY HOURS AND STAFFING ........................................ 14 3.12. WATCH ROSTERS ............................................................................................................. 18 

APPENDIX 4: ATS OCCURRENCE REPORTING ....................................................................... 1 4.1.  ATS OCCURRENCE REPORTING ....................................................................................... 1 4.2.  ATS OCCURRENCE INVESTIGATION ................................................................................. 2 4.3.  RELIEF FROM DUTY ............................................................................................................. 4 4.4.  ATS OCCURRENCE RECORDS ........................................................................................... 5 4.5.  INCIDENT INVOLVING AIRLINE OPERATORS ................................................................... 5 4.6.  ATS UNIT TARGET LEVELS OF SAFETY ............................................................................ 6 

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 67/226

CAR PART VIII Subpart 4, ATS

7

AMENDMENTS TO CAR PART VIII,SUBPART 4

INITIAL 

ISSUE NOVEMBER 

2009

INTRODUCTION OF CIVIL AVIATION REGULATIONS PART VIII, SUBPART 4, AIR TRAFFIC

SERVICES CERTIFICATION, BASED UPON ICAO ANNEX 2 AMENDMENT 41 AND ANNEX 11  AMENDMENT 46.

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 68/226

CAR PART VIII Subpart 4, ATS

8

1 Applicability

1.1 Civil Aviation Regulations Part VIII, Subpart 4 is issued by the General CivilAviation Authority in pursuit of its obligations to ensure enforcement ofaccepted international regulations and standards within organisations

providing Air Traffic Services (ATS) within the UAE FIR/UIR as designatedby the Authority, and within airspace of other States for which responsibilityhas been transferred to the UAE. These Regulations shall also apply inUAE airspace delegated to another State. 

1.2 These Regulations govern the certification and operation of organisationsproviding an air traffic service and the operating and technical standards forproviding an air traffic service by those organisations.

ATS consists of the following:

1. Air Traffic Control Services (ATCS)

a. area control service

b. approach control service

c. aerodrome control service

2. Flight Information Service (FIS)

a. area flight information

b. aerodrome flight information service

3. Alerting service

4. Any other service provided in accordance with the requirements ofthe Authority.

The standards contained herein are based on ICAO Annexes 2 and 11 aswell as ICAO PANS-ATM, Pans-ATM, in so far as they have been adopted

by the United Arab Emirates

1.3 These Regulations also set out certain rules that apply to the GCAA inadministering ATS certificates.

1.4 These Regulations take effect on 01 June 2009 and shall remain in forceuntil amended or revoked.

2 Definitions and acronyms

2.1 Definitions existing in ICAO PANS-ATM, chapter 1 shall form part of thisRegulation, supplemented by the definitions contained in Subpart 1 to CARPart VIII. which, unless otherwise stated, are from Annexes 2 and 11.

Acronyms are contained in Subpart 1.

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 69/226

CAR PART VIII Subpart 4, ATS

9

3 Air Traffic Services Certificate

3.1 No person or organisation shall provide an air traffic service except underthe authority of, and in accordance with the provisions of, an air trafficservice certificate issued under this Part. A person or organisation may in

writing request the Authority to determine whether an aviation relatedservice is an air traffic service under paragraph 3.4.7.

The Authority may, in consultation with such persons as the Authorityconsiders necessary, determine whether the proposed service is an airtraffic service under paragraph 3.4.7.

3.2 The applicant for an air traffic service certificate shall be submitted to theAuthority for approval on form ATS 01. All elements of the form shall becompleted.

The form shall include the aerodrome locations and airspace designationsat or within which the services will be provided.

The form shall be submitted to Authority  along with supporting

documentation which shall include the exposition required by paragraph 43.

An applicant is entitled to an air traffic service certificate if—

1. The applicant and persons holding positions listed in paragraph4.1.1 to 4.1.4 inclusive are acceptable to the Authority; and

2. The organisations exposition as required by paragraph 43 isacceptable to the Authority; and

3. The Authority is satisfied that the granting of the certificate is notcontrary to the interests of aviation safety.

In the interests of aviation safety, only one certificate for the same air trafficservice at the same location is current at any time.

3.3 An air traffic service certificate may be granted or renewed for a period of upto 5 years.

An air traffic service certificate remains in force until it expires, is suspendedor revoked.

The holder of an air traffic service certificate that expires or is revoked shallsurrender the certificate to the Authority.

The holder of an air traffic service certificate that is suspended shallimmediately return the certificate to the Authority for appropriateendorsement.

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 70/226

CAR PART VIII Subpart 4, ATS

10

3.4 Privileges of Certificate

An air traffic service certificate specifies which of the following air trafficservices and which training and assessment for such services, thecertificate holder is authorised to provide—

1. Area control service2. Approach control service

3. Aerodrome control service

4. Flight information service

5. Aerodrome flight information service

6. Alerting service

7. Any other service provided in accordance with the requirements ofthe Authority

3.5 Certificate RenewalAn application for the renewal of an ATS certificate shall be made on formATS 01 not less than 60 days before the certificate expires.

3.6 Continued Compliance

The holder of an air traffic service certificate shall – 

1. Ensure its exposition is amended so as to remain a currentdescription of the holder’s organisation and services; and

2. Provide access to a complete and current copy of its exposition ateach ATS unit listed in its exposition and to personnel who requireaccess to carry out their duties, and

3. Provide access to a current and complete operations manual orsystem of manuals for the services listed in its exposition, forcompliance by its personnel; and

4. Where a holder is certificated to provide more than one air trafficservice, or an air traffic service or services from more than onelocation, publish a core manual together with manual supplementsspecific to each service or location; and.

5. Comply with all procedures and standards detailed in its expositionin order to continue to meet the standards and comply with therequirements prescribed for certification under this part; and

6. Promptly notify the Authority of any change of address for service,

telephone or facsimile number required by the application form.

4 Personnel requirements

4.1 The applicant for an Air Traffic Service certificate shall engage, employ orcontract:

1. A Head of ATS who has the authority within the applicant’s

 

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 71/226

CAR PART VIII Subpart 4, ATS

11

organisation to ensure that each air traffic service listed in itsexposition can be financed and is provided in accordance with therequirements of this Part; and

2. A Head of ATS operations responsible for ensuring that theorganisation complies with the ATS provision requirements of thisPart; and

3. A Head of ATS training responsible for ensuring that theorganisation complies with the training and licensing requirementsof this Part; and

4. An accountable manager responsible for the provision of a safetymanagement system according to the requirements of CAR Part X;and

5. Sufficient personnel to manage, supervise, provide and support theair traffic service and any associated training or assessment listedin the applicant’s exposition, plus meet the requirements of CARPart X to develop and maintain an effective SMS.

Qualifications and experience details for the persons nominated by the

applicant for the positions listed in paragraphs 4.1.1 to 4.1.4 inclusive shallbe forwarded to the Authority for acceptance prior to the person beingnamed in that position by the applicant.

The persons listed in paragraphs 4.1.2 to 4.1.5 inclusive above shallultimately be responsible to the Head of ATS.

4.2 The applicant shall establish procedures to:

1. Ensure the competence of those personnel who – 

a. supervise personnel providing air traffic services; and

b. provide the air traffic services listed in the applicant’sexposition; and

c. provide training and assessment for those air traffic servicesin accordance with the requirements of appendix 2; and

d. provide immediate operational support for those air trafficservices; and

2. Provide personnel listed in paragraph 4.2.1 with written evidence ofthe scope of their authorisation; and

3. Ensure that those personnel hold appropriate current licences andratings issued under Appendix 3; and 

4. Ensure that those personnel only exercise the privilege of theirrating or ratings if they are familiar with all relevant and currentinformation; and

5. Facilitate, for air traffic service licence holders, compliance with therecent experience requirements of Appendix 2; and

6. Ensure that an air traffic controller shall not exercise the privilegesof their rating or ratings unless they comply with any endorsementson their medical certificate, or when any decrease in their medicalfitness might render them unable to safely exercise these privileges.

7. Ensure that no person whose function is critical to the safety ofaviation (safety sensitive personnel) shall undertake that function

 

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 72/226

CAR PART VIII Subpart 4, ATS

12

while under the influence of any psychoactive substance, by reasonof which human performance is impaired and that they shall notengage in any problematic use of substances.

A holder of an Air Traffic Controller Licence shall not be entitled to exercisethe privileges of a rating contained in that licence unless he holds a currentCertificate of Competence specific to the unit/sector/ equipment at and with

the aid of which the air traffic control service is to be provided.

5 ATS training

5.1 The applicant for an ATS certificate shall establish procedures andprogrammes for the training and assessment of the following personnel—

1. Air traffic controllers; and

2. Flight service operators; and

3. Personnel directly involved in supervision of, or immediateoperational support to, personnel providing air traffic services listedin the applicant’s exposition.

5.2 The applicant shall establish procedures to ensure that personnel givinginstruction in an operational environment hold an appropriate current ATSinstructor rating issued under Appendix 2.

5.3 The applicant shall establish procedures to ensure that personnel carryingout assessment for the issue of licences, or the issue or validation ofratings, hold an appropriate current ATS instructor or examiner rating issuedunder Appendix 2

5.4 The applicant for an ATS certificate shall submit their training courses to theGCAA for approval as per Appendix 2. Where the applicant does not

provide ab-initio or rating training for ATS personnel, the organisation whichsupplies the training shall submit the training courses to the GCAA forapproval.

5.5 The applicant for an ATS certificate shall establish procedures andprogrammes for continuation training of ATS personnel in accordance withAppendix 2, paragraph 2.5.

5.6 The applicant for an ATS certificate shall establish procedures to ensurethat trainee and licensed air traffic controllers achieve and retain at leastEnglish language proficiency level 4.

6 Shift administration

6.1 The applicant for an air traffic service certificate shall establish a procedureto ensure that-

1. Adequate time is provided at the beginning and end of each shift forthe performance of those duties required-

a. before providing an air traffic service; and

b. after ceasing to provide an air traffic service; and

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 73/226

CAR PART VIII Subpart 4, ATS

13

2. Adequate time is provided for each transfer of watch at anoperational ATS position, with a minimum of 5 minutes.

7 Facility requirements

7.1 An applicant for an air traffic service certificate shall establish the following

facilities appropriate to the air traffic services listed in the applicant’sexposition:

1. Aerodrome control towers:

2. Approach control units:

3. Area control centres:

4. Aerodrome flight information units:

5. Flight information centres:

6. Dedicated training and assessment facilities:

Working conditions shall meet established levels for temperature, humidity,ventilation, noise and ambient lighting, and do not adversely affect controllerperformance.

7.2 An applicant for an aerodrome control service, or an aerodrome flightinformation service, shall establish procedures to ensure that anyaerodrome control tower or aerodrome flight information unit, listed in theirexposition, is-

1. Constructed and situated to provide :

a. the maximum practicable visibility of aerodrome traffic ; and

b. protection from glare and reflection; and

c. protection from noise; and

2. Safeguarded from any development that would affect therequirements of paragraph 7.2.1; and

3. At solo watch locations, provided with toilet facilities that ensure theminimum possible interruption to, or degradation of, air trafficservices;

4. Provided with equipment for two way voice communication with-

a. any aircraft, in or adjacent to airspace for which theapplicant has responsibility; and

b. any aircraft, vehicle, and person, on, or adjacent to, themanoeuvring area; and

5. Provided with the following minimum equipment:

a. a display system or systems designed to show thedisposition of current and pending aerodrome traffictogether with ancillary information for individual aircraft:

b. a power supply:

c. appropriate current maps and charts:

d. binoculars:

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 74/226

CAR PART VIII Subpart 4, ATS

14

e. clocks:

f. a log keeping system:

g. outside temperature indicator:

h. QNH displays:

i. signal lamp with green, red and white functions:  j. telephone communications:

k. status indicators for approach and landing aids and anyroad signalling equipment affecting the use of a runway:

l. visibility and cloud height checkpoints:

m. voice and, if applicable, data recording equipment:

n. wind direction and speed display:

o. an audible emergency alerting system:

p. an AFTN terminal or, if provided for in an ATS letter ofagreement, an alternative means of reception and

transmission of information normally conveyed by AFTN:

6. If applicable, airfield lighting control panel; and

7. Provided with 2 independent sources of the current altimetersetting, at least one of which shall be an aneroid barometer orbarometric altimeter situated in the visual control room.

8. Provided with adequate facilities for staff off watch break periods.

Where a continuous watch of the entire aerodrome is not possible,electronic means of surveillance should be considered.

7.3 The applicant for an area control service, flight information service orapproach control service shall establish procedures to ensure that any area

control centre, flight information centre and approach control unit is-1. Provided with equipment enabling two way voice communication, to

the fullest extent possible; and

2. If applicable, data communication with any aircraft in or adjacent toairspace for which the applicant has responsibility; and

3. Provided with the following minimum equipment:

a. a display system or systems designed to show thedisposition of current and pending flights together withancillary information for individual aircraft:

b. a power supply:

c. appropriate current maps and charts:d. clocks:

e. log keeping system:

f. status indicator as appropriate for navigation, approach andlanding aids:

g. telephone communications:

h. voice recording equipment and, if applicable, data recording

 

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 75/226

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 76/226

CAR PART VIII Subpart 4, ATS

16

8 Establishment and transfer of service

8.1 The applicant for an air traffic service certificate shall include with itsapplication-

For each aerodrome and airspace, a schedule of the proposed hours of

service for the first 12 months of operation; and

In respect of an aerodrome, or airspace, not currently provided with an airtraffic service, a copy of the safety study that led to the decision to providethe air traffic service.

8.2 The applicant for an air traffic service certificate intending to assumeresponsibility for providing any air traffic service from an existing certificateholder, shall include with its application, full details of transitionalarrangements endorsed by the Heads of ATS of both organisations.

9 Documentation

9.1 The applicant for an air traffic service certificate shall hold copies of therelevant technical manuals and all other documents necessary for theprovision and operation of the services listed in its exposition.

9.2 The applicant shall establish a procedure to control all the documentationrequired by paragraph 9.1. The procedure shall ensure that – 

1. Appropriate arrangements are in place to ensure receipt ofamendments to documents held by the unit; and

2. All incoming documentation is reviewed and actioned as requiredby authorised personnel; and

3. All documentation is reviewed and authorised before issue; and

4. Current issues of all relevant documentation are available topersonnel at all locations where they need access to suchdocumentation for the provision and operation of air traffic services;and

5. All obsolete documentation is promptly removed from all points ofissue or use; and

6. Any obsolete documents retained as archives are suitably identifiedas obsolete; and

7. The current version of each item of documentation can be identifiedto preclude the use of out of date documents; and

8. A regular document audit is made of the amendment status of

controlled documents held on the unit.

9.3 The order of precedence of publications is as follows:

1. UAE Civil Aviation Law

2. UAE Civil Aviation Regulations

3. Other regulatory material published by the GCAA

4. ICAO Annexes

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 77/226

CAR PART VIII Subpart 4, ATS

17

5. ICAO Documents.

9.4 ICAO Standards & Recommended Practices and Procedures for AirNavigation Services have the following regulatory status:

1. Standards: Mandatory unless specifically modified in the applicableparts of Supplements to the Annexes or in the Civil Aviation

Regulations.

2. Recommended Practices: Mandatory unless the operator hasobtained GCAA approval of an alternative provision, resulting in alevel of safety equal to or greater than that achieved by applicationof the recommended practice.

3. PANS: Procedures for Air Navigation Services (PANS) shall beapplied, with similar Mandatory status as for the SARPs, exceptwhere specifically deleted or modified in the Civil AviationRegulations.

4. Definitions, tables, figures and appendices contained in ICAOAnnexes are to be considered as Standards and thereforemandatory.

5. Attachments to ICAO Annexes are supplementary to SARPs orincluded as general guidance material. Where specific or generalapplications are considered necessary for additional safety levels,these are included in the Civil Aviation Regulations and carryMandatory status.

10 Contingency Plan

10.1 The applicant for an air traffic service certificate shall establish, inaccordance with the requirements of Annex 11, Attachment D, acontingency plan and appropriate facility and equipment providing for thesafe and orderly flow of traffic in the event of a temporary disruption of an

air traffic service or a related support service.

11 ATS Co-ordination requirements

11.1 The applicant for an air traffic service certificate shall establish appropriateco-ordination between each ATS unit listed in the applicant’s exposition andthe following agencies-

1. Any holder of an aeronautical telecommunication serviceorganisation certificate issued under CAR Part 5; and

2. Any holder of an air navigation service organisation certificateissued under CAR Part VIII, subpart 3; and

3. Any holder of an aviation meteorological service organisationcertificated issued under CAR Part VIII, subpart 7; and

4. Any holder of an aeronautical information service certificate issuedunder CAR Part VIII, subpart 2; and

5. Aircraft operators;

6. The UAE armed forces; and

7. Search and rescue authorities. 

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 78/226

CAR PART VIII Subpart 4, ATS

18

11.2 The applicant shall establish appropriate coordination by written agreementbetween each ATS unit in their exposition and – 

1. The ATS unit responsible for adjoining airspace, and

2. Any other ATS unit with which regular operational co-ordination isrequired.

3. Where the listed ATS unit is an aerodrome control or aerodromeflight service unit-

a. the aerodrome operator; and

b. any apron management service, if that service is notprovided by the aerodrome control unit.

11.3 The applicant shall ensure that each ATS agreement specified in 11.1 and11.2;

1. Details such matters necessary for effective coordination betweenthe units party to the agreement; and

2. Is kept current; and

3. Has the written agreement of senior representatives of the relevantunits or organisations; and

4. Is part of the applicant’s operations manual.

11.4 The applicant shall establish systems and procedures to facilitatecommunications between those ATS units having an operationalrequirement to communicate with each other.

11.5 The applicant shall provide systems and procedures to ensure that ATSunits, are provided, where they require the information through theexchange of ATS messages, with details of-

The intended movement of each aircraft for which a flight plan has beenfiled, and any amendments to that flight plan; and

Current information on the actual progress of the flight

11.6 The applicant shall establish procedures to ensure that ATS messages areprepared and transmitted in accordance with procedures detailed and crossreferenced in PANS-ATM (Chapter 11 – Air Traffic Service Messages)

11.7 The applicant shall ensure that procedures established under paragraph11.1.6 shall:

1. Permit information pertinent to safe and expeditious civil flights tobe promptly exchanged between military and ATC units; and

2. Ensure that activities potentially hazardous to civil aircraft are becoordinated between military and ATS units to:

a. allow timely promulgation of information ,

b. minimize interference with normal civil aircraft operations;

c. avoid hazards to civil aircraft

3. Ensure that ATS units are advised by the military if a military unitobserves civil aircraft approaching or in an area where interception

 

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 79/226

CAR PART VIII Subpart 4, ATS

19

might be necessary; and

4. Require the ATS authority to initiate the promulgation of informationregarding the activity; and

5. Promote the flexible use of airspace reserved for military or otherspecial activities.

11.8 The applicant shall establish procedures to ensure that failures in thecoordination processes required in paragraph 11.2 are reported investigatedand recorded and that appropriate corrective and preventive action isundertaken where necessary.

12 Notification of facility status

12.1 An applicant for an air traffic service certificate shall establish procedures tonotify the users of its air traffic services of relevant operational informationand of any changes in the operational status of each facility or service listedin the applicant’s exposition.

12.2 The applicant shall ensure that procedures established under paragraph12.1 require-

1. Operational information for each of the applicant’s air trafficservices to be forwarded to the holder of the aeronauticalinformation service certificate in accordance with CAR Part VIII,subpart 2 for the AIP service; and

2. The users of the applicant’s air traffic services to be notified withoutdelay of any change in operational status of a facility or service thatmay affect the safety of air navigation, and, except if the change istemporary in nature, information concerning any change inoperational status is forwarded to the holder of the aeronauticalinformation service certificate in accordance with CAR Part VIII,

subpart 2 for the NOTAM service.

13 Receipt of information requirements

13.1 The applicant for an air traffic service certificate shall establish proceduresto ensure that each air traffic service unit, receives information on thefollowing activities when the activity could affect airspace used by flightswithin the unit’s area of responsibility-

1. SIGMET and AIRMET information;

2. Information concerning the release of radioactive materials or toxicchemicals into the atmosphere;

3. Information on changes in the availability of radio navigationservices and visual aids;

4. Information on changes in condition of aerodromes and associatedfacilities, including information on the state of the aerodromemovement areas when they are affected by contaminants andtemporary hazards;

5. The presence of birds to the degree that could be a hazard toaerodrome traffic;

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 80/226

CAR PART VIII Subpart 4, ATS

20

6. Information on unmanned free balloons.

14 Meteorological information and reporting

14.1 The applicant for an air traffic service certificate shall establish systems andprocedures to ensure that all meteorological information provided as part of

any flight information service is supplied by the holder of an aviationmeteorological service organisation certificate issued under CAR Part VIII,subpart 7 or is issued as an observation by ATS personnel.

14.2 The applicant shall establish systems to ensure that ATS units are suppliedwith the above meteorological information in a form that requires a minimumof interpretation by ATS personnel.

14.3 The applicant shall establish procedures to ensure that equipment used inthe compilation of ATS observations – 

1. Supplies data representative of the area for which themeasurements are required; and

2. Where that equipment consists of multiple wind direction and speedindicators, identifies the runway, or section of the runway,monitored by each instrument.

14.4 The applicant shall establish a procedure to ensure that the informationcontained in a meteorological bulletin remains unchanged through onwardtransmission.

14.5 The applicant shall establish a procedure to ensure that aircraft reports ofweather are forwarded to the appropriate weather authority without delay.

15 Area and approach control services

15.1 An applicant for an air traffic services certificate in respect of an area orapproach control service shall establish systems and procedures to – 

1. Determine from information received, the positions of known aircraftrelative to each other ; and

2. Provide for the issue of ATC clearances, instructions, andinformation in accordance with the airspace classification and typeof flight for the purpose of preventing collisions between aircraftunder the control of the unit, and for expediting and maintaining asafe and efficient flow of traffic; and

3. Coordinate clearances with other ATC units as necessary; and

4. Display information on aircraft movements together with a record ofclearances issued, in a manner that permits ready analysis of suchinformation.

15.2 The separation required by paragraph 15.1.2 shall be in accordance withthe applicable criteria and minima prescribed by Appendix 1

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 81/226

CAR PART VIII Subpart 4, ATS

21

16 Aerodrome control services

16.1 The applicant for an air traffic service certificate in respect of an aerodromecontrol service shall establish systems and procedures to:

1. Determine, from information received and visual observation, the

relative positions of known aircraft to each other; and

2. Provide for the issue of ATC clearances, instructions andinformation, including the runway in use at controlled aerodromes,for the purpose of preventing collisions between:

a. aircraft flying in the vicinity of the aerodrome; and

b. aircraft landing and taking off; and

c. aircraft operating on the manoeuvring area; and

d. aircraft, vehicles, and persons, operating on themanoeuvring area; and

3. Aircraft on the manoeuvring area and obstructions on that area; and

4. Provide for the issue of ATC clearances, instructions, andinformation, for the purpose of expediting and maintaining a safeand efficient flow of traffic; and, except as provided in paragraph 22and Appendix 1.1.2, provide runway and wake turbulenceseparation.

5. Ensure that emergency vehicles responding to an aircraftemergency are given priority over all other surface movementtraffic; and

6. Provide for the control of the movement of persons or vehicles,including towed aircraft, on the manoeuvring area, as necessary toavoid hazard to them or to aircraft landing, taxiing, or taking off; and

7. Coordinate as necessary with other ATS units; and8. Display, at operating positions, such continuously updated

information on aircraft movements as is necessary for the provisionof an aerodrome control service.

The separation required by paragraph 16.1.2 and 16.1.3 shall be inaccordance with the applicable criteria and minima prescribed by Appendix1.

16.2 The applicant shall establish a procedure to ensure that, except as providedin paragraph 22, and subject to authorisation by the applicable approachcontrol unit, if an approach control service is provided, aerodrome controlunits provide separation in accordance with Appendix 1 between – 

1. IFR flights and IFR flights; and

2. IFR and Special VFR flights; and

3. Special VFR flights when the flight visibility is reported to be lessthan 5 km.

16.3 The applicant shall establish a procedure to ensure that, when radiocommunication is not available, basic clearances and instructions requiredby paragraph 16.1.2 can be conveyed by the use of light signals described

 

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 82/226

CAR PART VIII Subpart 4, ATS

22

in Appendix 1 to ICAO Annex 2.

16.4 The applicant shall establish procedures to ensure that when required byeither the weather, or category of approach, or both – 

1. Aircraft on an ILS approach are informed of ILS critical areaincursions, or the imminent possibility of an incursion; or

2. The applicable ILS critical areas are protected from incursion whenan aircraft is on an ILS approach, or has reached a point on theapproach from which protection from incursion is necessary.

16.5 The applicant shall establish a procedure to ensure that, when authority hasbeen delegated by, and accepted from, the applicable area or approachcontrol unit, aerodrome control units provide separation between controlledflights in accordance with the delegation.

17 Special use airspace

17.1 An applicant for an air traffic service certificate in respect of an air traffic

control service shall establish systems and procedures to ensure thatseparation in accordance with Appendix 1.4 is provided between controlledflights and active special use airspace designated under CAR Part VIII,subpart 3, except when – 

1. In the case of a restricted area or military operations area, the pilothas approval from the administering authority to operate in theairspace; or

2. In the case of a danger area  the pilot has notified an expressintention to operate in the relevant area; or

3. It is known, that the pilot of a VFR flight or an IFR flight navigatingby visual reference is aware that the airspace is active; or

4. Upon a request by the pilot, the flight is cleared to maintain its ownseparation from the airspace.

18 Responsibility for control

18.1 The applicant for an air traffic service certificate in respect of an air trafficcontrol service shall establish procedures to ensure that any controlled flightis under the control of only one ATC position at any given time.

18.2 The applicant shall establish procedures to ensure that responsibility for thecontrol of all aircraft operating within a given block of airspace is vested in asingle operating position. Control of aircraft or groups of aircraft may bedelegated to other operating positions provided that coordination between

all affected parties is assured.

18.3 The applicant shall establish procedures for transfer of responsibility for thecontrol of an aircraft. These procedures shall include details of the time,place or level at which responsibility for an aircraft shall be transferred fromone unit to another. The transfer process shall not be considered completeuntil the receiving unit notifies acceptance of the aircraft.

18.4 The procedures required by paragraph 18.3 shall ensure that transfer 

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 83/226

CAR PART VIII Subpart 4, ATS

23

arrangements are:

1. Agreed between ATC units responsible for adjacent airspaces andpublished in ATS letters of agreement; and

2. In place for separate operating positions within an ATC unit andpromulgated in the holder’s operations manual. 

18.5 The procedures required by paragraph 18.3 shall ensure that responsibilityfor control of an aircraft is not transferred from one ATC unit to anotherwithout – 

1. Communication of appropriate parts of the current flight plan; and

2. Any relevant control information; and

3. The consent of the receiving unit.

19 Priorities

19.1 The applicant for an air traffic service certificate in respect of an air trafficservice shall establish procedures to ensure that, provided safety is not

 jeopardised, ATC units apply the following priorities:

1. An aircraft known or believed to be in a state of emergency orimpaired operation has priority over other aircraft;

2. An aircraft landing, or in the final stages of an approach to land haspriority over a departing aircraft;

3. An aircraft landing or taking off has priority over a taxiing aircraft.

19.2 The applicant shall establish procedures to ensure that, where practical,following a request from a pilot, an aircraft involved in, or positioning for, thefollowing activities is granted priority:

1. Ambulance or mercy mission:

2. Search and rescue:

3. Civil defence or police emergency:

4. Carriage of head of State, head of government or equivalentdignitary.

19.3 The applicant shall establish procedures to ensure that an aircraft atcruising level generally has priority over other aircraft requesting that level,except that-

1. An aircraft may be given priority for a cruising level in accordancewith procedures published in Document 7030, or an ATS letter of

agreement; and

2. An aircraft occupying a cruising level may be reassigned anotherlevel to maintain separation.

19.4 The applicant for an air traffic service certificate may establish proceduresregarding priorities to be applied in airspace designated as RNAV, RNP orRVSM airspace under CAR Part VIII, subpart 3.

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 84/226

CAR PART VIII Subpart 4, ATS

24

19.5 Subject to the requirements of paragraphs 19.1 and 19.2, an applicant mayput in place priority and air traffic management schemes for arriving anddeparting flights, provided that consultation with interested parties, includingthe GCAA, is undertaken prior to implementing the scheme.

19.6 The applicant shall, where priorities are established under paragraph 19.4

and 19.5, ensure relevant information is published in the AIP UAE about thepriority scheme.

19.7 The applicant shall establish procedures to ensure that, providing safety isnot jeopardised, due regard is given to those priorities determined inconjunction with the aerodrome operator for – 

1. Aircraft arriving and departing the aerodrome; and

2. Other operations in a control zone associated with the aerodrome.

19.8 The applicant shall establish procedures to ensure that, except whenapplying priority in accordance with other provisions of this rule, priority forarriving and departing aircraft is allocated on a first come, first served basis.

 

19.9 The applicant shall establish procedures to ensure that the provision of anATC service takes precedence – 

1. Over the provision of a flight information service whenever thesituation so requires; and

2. Over the performance of any non-ATS tasks.

20 Air Traffic Flow Management (ATFM)

20.1 The applicant for an air traffic service certificate in respect of an air trafficcontrol service shall establish ATFM procedures where, due to limitations inthe ATS system declared capacity or aerodrome capacity, the applicantconsiders the procedures necessary.

20.2 The procedures shall take account of – 

1. Traffic demand (forecast) and available resources of airspace, ATSand aerodrome capacity.

2. The requirements of the affected aerodrome operators includingtheir traffic handling priorities; and

3. The needs of the aircraft operators, and other ATS providers, whowill be affected by the procedures; and

4. The requirements of the aeronautical information service, includingadvance notice, and information on the method of activation and

de-activation.

The procedures shall include the role and relationships among ATFM mainfactors, airspace, aircraft operator, aerodrome, ATS provider managers(and military related representatives) and the Regulator in establishing theprocess on strategy, pre-tactical and tactical level.

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 85/226

CAR PART VIII Subpart 4, ATS

25

21 ATC clearances

21.1 The applicant for an air traffic control service certificate in respect of an airtraffic control service shall establish procedures for the provision of ATCclearances.

21.2 The procedures shall ensure that – 

1. No person knowingly issues an ATC clearance or instruction thatrequires or invites a pilot to violate the provisions of any other rule;and

2. Clearances and instructions contain positive and concise data andare, where practicable, phrased in a standard manner; and

3. If a pilot advises that a clearance or instruction is unsuitable, anamended clearance or instruction is, if practicable, issued; and

4. An ATC clearance for an enroute flight consists of – 

a. the aircraft identification as shown on the flight plan or,

where similarity with another flight may cause confusion, analternative identification provided by ATC; and

b. the clearance limit; and

c. the route of the flight; and

d. the level (s) of flight for the entire route, or part thereof, andchanges of level if required; and

e. any necessary instructions or information on other matterssuch as approach or departure manoeuvres,communications, and the time of validity or expiry of theclearance; and

5. An ATC clearance for a local flight, including operations within the

aerodrome circuit, a flight operating in defined areas, or a flightoperating in a random manner, includes those elements detailed inparagraph 21.2.4 that are appropriate.

6. An ATC clearance shall be issued in a timely manner, to ensurethat they are transmitted to the aircraft in sufficient time for them tobe complied with.

7. A clearance issued as a downstream clearance shall be clearlyidentified as such to the pilot. A downstream clearance shall notaffect the aircraft’s original flight profile in airspace other than that ofthe unit responsible for the clearance.

8. The following readback of clearances and information is required:

a. ATC route clearances; and

b. Clearances and instructions to enter, land on, take off from,hold short off, cross or backtrack on, any runway; and

c. Runway in use, altimeter setting, SSR codes, levelinstructions, heading and speed instruction, transitionlevels, whether issued by the controller or contained in anATIS broadcast; and

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 86/226

CAR PART VIII Subpart 4, ATS

26

d. Conditional clearances.

22 Deviation from an ATC clearance

22.1 Subject to paragraph 22.2 the applicant for an air traffic service certificate inrespect of an air traffic control service shall establish procedures to ensure

that instructions issued by ATC to restore a loss of separation do not hinderthe responses of a pilot to – 

1. An ACAS resolution advisory; or

2. A GPWS or TAWS alert; or

3. A weather or any other emergency situation which requires adeviation from an ATC clearance.

22.2 The procedures required by paragraph 22.1 shall specify that if anyseparation has been lost it is restored once the emergency situation hasbeen resolved.

23 Cruising levels

23.1 The applicant for an air traffic service certificate in respect of an air trafficcontrol service shall establish procedures to ensure that cruising levelsallocated within the UAE FIR are selected in accordance with ICAO Annex2, Appendix 3 (Table of Cruising Levels), except that, within controlledairspace – 

1. For both IFR and VFR flights, correlation of cruising level with trackneed not apply; and

2. VFR flights may be allocated IFR levels.

24 Flight information service24.1 The applicant for an air traffic service certificate shall establish procedures

to ensure that a flight information service is provided to the following;

1. Each aircraft being provided with an ATC service that is likely to beaffected by the information in paragraph 24.2:

2. Each aircraft being provided with an aerodrome flight informationservice that is likely to be affected by the information in paragraph24.2:

3. Each aircraft operating IFR that is likely to be affected by theinformation in paragraph 24.2:

4. Any aircraft operating VFR for which the pilot has submitted a VFR

plan to an ATS unit:

5. Any aircraft operating VFR if the pilot makes a specific request toan ATS unit for flight information.

24.2 The applicant shall ensure that the procedures required by paragraph 24.1for the provision of flight information services include the provision ofavailable and relevant – 

1. SIGMET information; and

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 87/226

CAR PART VIII Subpart 4, ATS

27

2. Information on weather conditions reported or forecast at departure,destination, and alternate aerodromes; and

3. Information concerning pre-eruption volcanic activity

4. Information concerning the release into the atmosphere ofradioactive materials or toxic chemicals; and

5. Information on changes in the operational state of the radionavigation services and visual aids; and

6. Information on changes in the condition of aerodromes andassociated facilities, including information on the state of theaerodrome movement area when they are affected bycontaminants; and

7. Information on unmanned free balloons; and

8. Other information likely to affect safety.

24.3 The applicant for an air traffic service certificate for an aerodrome controlservice or aerodrome flight information service shall establish proceduresto ensure that, whenever water is present on a runway, a description of therunway surface conditions on the centre half of the width of the runway ismade available using one of the following terms:

1. DAMP – the surface shows a change of colour due to moisture:

2. WET – the surface is soaked but there is no standing water:

3. WATER PATCHES – significant patches of standing water arevisible:

4. FLOODED – extensive standing water is visible.

24.4 The applicant for an air traffic service certificate for an aerodrome controlservice, approach control service, or an aerodrome flight information serviceshall establish procedures to ensure that, if practical, local aircraft operators

likely to be affected by the information are advised of short notice changesto published hours of service if they are unlikely to have the informationfrom any other source.

24.5 The applicant for an air traffic service certificate for an air traffic controlservice shall establish procedures to ensure that essential traffic informationis passed to all affected traffic.

24.6 The applicant for an air traffic service certificate shall establish proceduresto ensure that each ATS unit operating under that certificate provides trafficinformation to flights that are known to the ATS unit and are likely to beaffected by the information as follows:

1. In class C airspace, between VFR flights together with trafficavoidance advise on request:

2. In class D airspace, between IFR and VFR flights, and betweenVFR flights, together with traffic avoidance advice on request:

3. If practical, in class E airspace, between IFR and VFR flights, andbetween VFR flights on request:

4. In class G airspace, between IFR flights and , if practical, betweenother flights on request.

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 88/226

CAR PART VIII Subpart 4, ATS

28

25 Aerodrome flight information service

25.1 The applicant for an air traffic service certificate in respect of an aerodromeflight information service shall establish systems and procedures to – 

1. Determine, from information received, and visual observation, the

relative position of known aircraft to each other; and

2. Provide for the issuance of information and advise, including thedesignation of a preferred runway, for the purpose of the safe andefficient operation of – 

a. aircraft flying in the vicinity of the aerodrome; and

b. aircraft operating on the manoeuvring area; and

c. aircraft landing and taking off; and

d. aircraft, vehicles and persons on the manoeuvring area;and

e. aircraft on the manoeuvring area and obstructions on that

area.

25.2 The applicant shall establish procedures to ensure that the designatedpreferred runway is that most suitable for the particular operation.

26 Alerting service

26.1 The applicant for an air traffic service certificate shall establish systems andprocedures to ensure the provision of an alerting service within its area ofresponsibility – 

1. For all aircraft provided with an air traffic control service; or

2. In as far as is practicable, for all aircraft having filed a flight plan; orotherwise known by any air traffic service to be in need ofassistance; or

3. Known or believed to be the subject of unlawful interference.

26.2 The applicant for an air traffic service certificate shall establish proceduresto ensure that, in the event of a state of emergency described in paragraph26.3 – 

Immediate declaration of an INCERFA, ALERFA or DETRESFA is made, inaccordance with 26.5; and

The declaration is notified to the RCC (via the UAE ACC) except where theemergency can be dealt with by an aerodrome emergency plan.

26.3 The applicant for an air traffic service certificate shall establish proceduresto ensure that notification of emergency phases shall follow the followingcriteria:

1. Uncertainty phase, when:

a. no communication has been received from an aircraft withina period of thirty minutes after the time a communicationshould have been received, or from the time anunsuccessful attempt to establish communication with such

 

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 89/226

CAR PART VIII Subpart 4, ATS

29

aircraft was first made, whichever is the earlier, or

b. an aircraft fails to arrive within thirty minutes of theestimated time of arrival last notified to or estimated by airtraffic services units, whichever is the later;

Except when no doubt exists as to the safety of the aircraft and itsoccupants.

2. Alert Phase, when:

a. following the uncertainty phase, subsequent attempts toestablish communication with the aircraft or inquiries toother relevant sources have failed to reveal any news of theaircraft, or

b. an aircraft has been cleared to land and fails to land withinfive minutes of the estimated time of landing andcommunication has not been re-established with theaircraft, or

c. information has been received which indicates that theoperating efficiency of the aircraft has been impaired, butnot to the extent that a forced landing is likely;

Except when evidence exists that would allay apprehension as to the safetyof the aircraft and its occupants, or

d. An aircraft is known or believed to be the subject ofunlawful interference.

3. Distress phase, when:

a. following the alert phase, further unsuccessful attempts toestablish communication with the aircraft and morewidespread unsuccessful inquiries point to the probabilitythat the aircraft is in distress, or

b. the fuel on board is considered to be exhausted, or to beinsufficient to enable the aircraft to reach safety, or

c. information is received which indicates that the operatingefficiency of the aircraft has been impaired to the extentthat a forced landing is likely, or

d. information is received or it is reasonably certain that theaircraft is about to make or has made a forced landing,

Except when there is reasonable certainty that the aircraft and its occupantsare not threatened by grave and imminent danger and do not requireimmediate assistance.

26.4 The applicant for an air traffic service certificate in respect of an area control

service or flight information service shall establish procedures to ensurethat, in the event of a state of emergency, the UAE ACC-

1. Shall forward such information without delay to the RCC and theAuthority; and

2. Serves as the central point within the FIR for collecting allinformation relevant to the state of emergency. 

26.5 Notwithstanding paragraph 26.2, the applicant for an air traffic service 

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 90/226

CAR PART VIII Subpart 4, ATS

30

certificate for an aerodrome control service, approach control service, oraerodrome flight information service, shall establish procedures to ensurethat whenever the urgency of the situation so requires, those services shallfirst notify appropriate local emergency organisations.

26.6 The applicant for an air traffic service certificate shall establish proceduresto ensure the notification of an emergency situation required by paragraph26.3. includes such of the following information as is available, in the orderlisted:

1. INCERFA, ALERFA or DESTRESFA as appropriate to the phase ofthe emergency;

2. Agency and person calling;

3. Nature of the emergency;

4. Significant information from the flight plan;

5. Unit that made last contact, time and means used;

6. Last position report and how determined;

7. Colour and distinctive marks of the aircraft;

8. Dangerous goods carried as cargo;

9. Any action taken by the reporting office; and

10. Any other pertinent remarks.

11. Any information not available on the initial notification shall beobtained and passed prior to the declaration of the distress phase.

26.7 The applicant for an air traffic service certificate shall establish proceduresto ensure that, following the notification of an emergency situation, the RCCis provided without delay, with – 

1. Any useful additional information; and

2. Notification when the emergency situation no longer exists howeveronly the RCC can terminate an ALERFA or DETRESFA phase.

26.8 The applicant for an air traffic service certificate shall establish proceduresto ensure, as necessary, the use of all available means to establish andmaintain communication with, and surveillance of, an aircraft in a state ofemergency.

26.9 The applicant for an air traffic service certificate shall establish proceduresto ensure that, when a state of emergency is considered to exist, the lastknown position of any aircraft involved is established and recorded. Radardata shall be retained for flights involved in a state of emergency. The

positions of other aircraft in the vicinity should be established to determinethose most suitable to provide assistance.

26.10 The applicant for an air traffic service certificate shall establish proceduresto ensure that – 

1. When an INCERFA or ALERFA phase is declared it shall, wherepractical, advise the aircraft operator prior to notifying the RCC; and

2. When a DETRESFA phase is declared, the RCC shall be notified

 

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 91/226

CAR PART VIII Subpart 4, ATS

31

immediately, then the aircraft operator; and

3. All information notified to the RCC by the UAE ACC shall, wherepractical, also be communicated to the aircraft operator withoutdelay.

26.11 The applicant for an air traffic service certificate shall establish procedures

to ensure that, in the event of an ELT signals being received and immediatechecks fail to identify the source of the signal, the RCC is notified via UAEACC is notified without delay.

26.12 The applicant for an air traffic service certificate shall establish proceduresto ensure that—

1. When it has been established by an air traffic services unit that anaircraft is in a state of emergency, other aircraft known to be in thevicinity and which may be affected by the situation of the aircraftinvolved, shall be informed of the nature of the emergency as soonas practicable., and

2. When an air traffic services unit knows or believes that an aircraft is

being subjected to unlawful interference, no reference shall bemade in ATS air-ground communications to the nature of theemergency unless it has first been referred to in communicationsfrom the aircraft involved and it is certain that such reference willnot aggravate the situation.

26.13 The applicant for an air traffic service certificate shall establish proceduresto ensure that if an ATS unit becomes aware of a situation or receivesinformation relevant to a state of emergency of an aircraft operating within aflight information region or controlled airspace not under the control of thatunit, it shall confirm that that the phase declaration has been made and notassume that another ATS unit has declared the phase.

27 Flight plans

27.1 The applicant for an air traffic service certificate shall establish proceduresfor the acceptance and processing of flight plans, unless this function hasbeen allocated to a centralised flight planning office, when necessary for theprovision of air traffic services including – 

1. A check for compliance with any prescribed flight plan format anddata conventions; and

2. A check for completeness, and, to the extent practical, for accuracy;and

3. Provision for any action necessary to make the plan acceptable to

ATS.

27.2 The applicant for an air traffic service certificate operating a centralisedflight planning office shall ensure that the office is equipped with – 

1. Appropriate communication facilities, for the acceptance of flightplans from aircraft operators and any other ATS unit; and

2. Facilities for the advance filing, retention, and activation of standardor repetitive elements of flight plan information.

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 92/226

CAR PART VIII Subpart 4, ATS

32

27.3 Flight plans may be filed by radio if the ATS provider has the capacity toaccept such plans.

28 Time

28.1 The applicant for an air traffic service certificate shall establish a procedureto ensure that ATS unit clocks and other time recording devices – 

1. Use Co-ordinated Universal Time and express that time in hoursand minutes of the 24 hour day beginning at 0000 UTC; and

2. Are correct to within 5 seconds of UTC as determined by referenceto a standard time station or corrected GPS time standard.

28.2 The applicant shall establish procedures to ensure that the correct time, tothe nearest half minute, is provided – 

1. In respect of any aerodrome control service or aerodrome flightinformation service, to IFR aircraft prior to taxiing for take-off unlessarrangements have been made for the pilot to obtain it from other

sources; and

2. To any other aircraft on request.

29 Altimeter setting procedures

29.1 The applicant for an air traffic service certificate shall establish a procedureto ensure that – 

1. QNH altimeter settings are in hectopascals rounded down to thenearest whole hectopascal; and

2. The appropriate aerodrome QNH altimeter setting or area QNHzone altimeter setting is provided to all aircraft on initial radio

contact, including aircraft that advise having received the currentapplicable ATIS broadcast except where it is known that an aircrafthas already received the information; and

3. ATS units provide to an aircraft on request, the current applicableaerodrome QNH altimeter setting or area QNH zone altimetersetting.

Where local traffic require the altimeter setting in inches, a standardconversion is applied.

30 Radio and telephone procedures

30.1 The applicant for an air traffic service certificate shall establish proceduresto ensure that – 

1. The standard telephony and radiotelephony phraseology prescribedin paragraph 30.2 is used; and

2. In all radiotelephony communications, discipline is observed bytransmitting only those messages that do not have an adverseeffect on the provision of an air traffic service, or safety; and

3. Communications procedures are in accordance with the applicable

 

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 93/226

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 94/226

CAR PART VIII Subpart 4, ATS

34

31.3 Mode C information may be verified when the difference between reportedand observed levels is 200ft or less at all levels within the Emirates FIR.

If the reported level and the observed level differ by more than the criteriaabove, the pilot shall be asked to check the pressure setting and confirm theaircraft’s level.

1. Determination of level occupancy:

a. maintaining a level: An aircraft can determine to bemaintaining a level when the observed level is within thetolerances, indicated above, of the assigned level;

b. vacating a level: An aircraft can be considered to havevacated a level when the observed level is more than 200ftfrom the previously occupied level, in the anticipateddirection;

c. passing a level: An aircraft can be considered to havecrossed a level when the observed level has passed thelevel by more than 200ft in the required direction.

d. reaching a level: An aircraft is considered to have reacheda level to which it had been cleared when whichever is thegreater of 3 sensor or display updates, or 15 seconds haspassed since the level information has indicated that it iswithin the appropriate tolerance required in 31.3.1.

2. Departing a runway:

a. the surveillance display indicates a positive rate of climbfrom the aerodrome elevation however Mode C informationshall not be used when the display varies by more than200ft from the aerodrome elevation during the take-off roll.

31.4 ADS-B may be used alone for separation of aircraft provided the:

1. Identification of ADS-B equipped aircraft is established andmaintained; and

2. There is no requirement for detection of aircraft not transmittingADS-B; and

3. The integrity of the ADS-B is adequate to support the separationminima; and

4. The sole use of ADS-B has been approved by the GCAA.

31.5 The display system shall provide a continuously updated presentation of thesurveillance information.

Position symbols may represent the raw data source of the position

information, or a combined symbol.

Safety related and automated coordination information shall be displayed ina clear and distinct manner to facil itate ease of recognition.

Labels associated with displayed targets shall show, as a minimum,information relating to the identity of the aircraft and, if available, pressurealtitude derived information in a clear and concise manner.

Labels shall be associated with the aircraft symbol in a manner precluding

 

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 95/226

CAR PART VIII Subpart 4, ATS

35

erroneous identification or confusion for the controller.

31.6 Identification shall be established prior to the provision of any surveillanceservice, and the pilot informed. Identification shall be maintained until thetermination of the surveillance service.

Identification shall be established by one of the following methods:

1. ADS-B

a. direct recognition of aircraft identification in an ADS-B label;or

b. transfer of ADS-B identification; or

c. observance of compliance with an instruction to transmitident.

2. SSR

a. direct recognition of aircraft identification in a radar label; or

b. transfer of identification; or

c. observance of compliance with an instruction to squawkident; or

d. recognition in a radar label, of an assigned discrete codewhich has been verified;

e. observation of compliance with an instruction to set aspecific code.

3. PSR

a. by correlating a radar position indication with an aircraftreporting its position over, or as a bearing and distancefrom a point shown on the display, and by ascertaining thatthe track of the target is consistent with the aircraft’s path or

heading; orb. by correlating an observed radar position indication with an

aircraft that is known to have just departed, provided thatthe identification is established within 1 NM of the end ofthe runway used, or

c. by transfer of identification; or

d. after ascertaining the aircraft’s heading, by instructing apilot to change heading by 30 degrees or more for a periodlong enough, based on the aircraft’s speed, to allow thetrack change to be identified and correlating themovements of a particular radar position symbol with theaircraft’s acknowledged compliance with the instruction ; or

e. by correlating the movements of a particular positionindication with movements currently reported by an aircraft.

When using methods d and e, the controller shall verify that onlyone radar position indication has carried out the manoeuvre, andthat the aircraft will remain within coverage of both radar and thesituation display.

4. Transfer of identification shall be effected by one of the following

 

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 96/226

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 97/226

CAR PART VIII Subpart 4, ATS

37

32.3 In communications between ATS units and aircraft in the event of anemergency, Human Factors principles, as shown in ICAO Document 9683,should be observed.

33 Accident, Incident and Occurrence Reporting

33.1 The applicant for an air traffic service certificate shall establish proceduresfor – 

1. The notification, investigation, and reporting of incidents inaccordance with CAR Part VIII subpart 4 Appendix 4; and

2. The forwarding of facility malfunction reports required by CAR PartVIII, subpart 4 to the applicable aeronautical telecommunicationservice certificate holder.

33.2 The applicant for an air traffic service certificate shall establish proceduresregarding an accident, serious incident or occurrence to:

1. Determine if any air navigation facilities have contributed to the

event; and

2. Ensure immediate action is taken to – 

a. warn other aircraft that may be using or intending to use thefacilities; and

b. advise the operator of the facility of the occurrence, andthat the facility may be implicated; and

c. assist the operator of the facility with the promptpromulgation of any decision to withdraw the equipmentfrom service; and

3. Ensure that any facility identified in paragraph 33.2.1 is not used inthe provision of separation to IFR aircraft until cleared for use by the

relevant holder of an aeronautical telecommunications servicecertificate issued under CAR Part VIII, subpart 5.

34 Records

34.1 The applicant for an air traffic service certificate shall establish systems andprocedures to identify, collect, store, secure, maintain, access, and disposeof, records necessary for – 

1. The operational provision of air traffic services; and

2. The purpose of assisting with any accident or incident investigation.

3. The ongoing SMS improvement process.

4. Low visibility operations where applicable

34.2 Where applicable, the records shall include electronic recordings of– 

1. Telephone communications; and

2. Radio broadcasts and communications; and

3. Air - ground or ground – ground digital data exchanges; and

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 98/226

CAR PART VIII Subpart 4, ATS

38

4. Radar data and information; and

5. Automatic dependent surveillance data and information; and

6. Any other communication or surveillance system, and

7. Any electronic means of providing situational awareness such aselectronic flight strips.

34.3 The records shall include-

1. Filed flight plans including standard and repetitive plans; and

2. Flight progress strips; and

3. Appropriate meteorological and aeronautical information, exceptwhere the information is retained for an equivalent period by ameteorological or AIS organisation; and

4. Staff duty rosters; and

5. ATS logs and position logs; and

6. A record of each internal audit report, corrective action, preventive

action and management review required by paragraph 39.17. Therecord shall detail the activities reviewed and any necessary follow-up corrective and preventive actions; and

7. Unit occurrence investigation records.

34.4 The applicant shall establish systems and procedures to ensure thatelectronic records required by paragraph 34.2 – 

1. Include time recording, correct to 5 seconds of UTC, as determinedby reference to a standard time station or GPS time standard; and

2. Replicate the voice communications, and, if applicable, thesurveillance picture, applying at the particular operating position.

34.5 The applicant for an air traffic service certificate shall establish systems andprocedures to ensure that all records, except where replication is requiredby paragraph 34.4.2, are of sufficient clarity to convey the requiredinformation.

34.6 The applicant shall establish procedures to ensure that the records referredto in paragraph 34.2 and 34.3 are retained for 31 days from the date ofentry, except for – 

1. Staff duty rosters; and

2. Written records associated with the requirements of paragraph37.1.1 and 37.1.2; and

3. ATS logs,which shall be retained for 3 years, and

4. Unit occurrence investigation records,

which shall be retained for a period of not less than 5 years.

34.7 Records shall be made available to the Authority when requested.

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 99/226

CAR PART VIII Subpart 4, ATS

39

35 Logs and position logs

35.1 The applicant for an air traffic service certificate shall establish proceduresto ensure that a log is kept at each ATS unit, and, where a unit hasphysically separate operations areas, at each such location within the unit.

35.2 The procedure shall ensure that – 

1. The log is maintained by the senior person on duty, or the personon watch at a nominated operating position; and

2. The log is maintained throughout the hours of watch of the ATS unitor operations room; and

3. If a logbook is used, the pages are sequentially numbered, allentries are; -

a. in chronological order, include the time of entry; and

b. are in ink; and without erasure, defacement, or obliteration;and

c. corrected by drawing a single line through the erroneousinformation and initialling the correction; and

4. When an Operational Log is in an electronic format, measures shallbe taken to ensure that all entries made in the log are traceable andprotected. The electronic format shall not permit entries to besubsequently altered or tampered with in any way; and

5. Actual times of opening and closing watch are recorded in the log,together with the reason for every variation from published hours ofservice; and

6. Reviewed by the unit chief daily to note all significant entries.

35.3 The applicant shall establish procedures to ensure the keeping of anoperating position log, when such information is not available in the logbookrequired by paragraph 35.1

35.4 The procedure shall ensure that the operating position logcontains sufficient information to identify – 

1. When that position was in operation; and

2. The services being provided from that position; and

3. The identity of the individual providing the service.

36 Security

36.1 The applicant for an air traffic service certificate shall prepare an ATSsecurity programme.

36.2 Each ATS security programme shall specify the physical securityrequirements, practices and procedures to be followed for the purposes ofminimising the risk of destruction of, damage to, or interference with theoperation of any ATS unit operated by the applicant where such destruction,damage or interference is likely to endanger the safety of aircraft.

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 100/226

CAR PART VIII Subpart 4, ATS

40

36.3 Without limiting the generality of paragraph 36.2, the security programmeshall specify such physical security requirements, practices and proceduresas may be necessary – 

1. To ensure that entrances to permanent ATS facilities operated bythe applicant are subject to positive access control at all times, soas to prevent unauthorised entry; and

2. To monitor unattended permanent ATS buildings to ensure that anyintrusion or interference is detected; and

3. To protect personnel on duty; and

4. To be followed in the event of a bomb threat or other threat ofviolence against an ATS unit.

37 Service disruptions

37.1 The applicant for an air traffic service certificate shall establish procedures,in addition to any reporting requirements in CAR Part VIII, Appendix 4 to – 

1. Advise the Authority of any planned disruption to the provision of airtraffic services that could have an impact on safety; and

2. Investigate any unplanned disruption to the provision of air trafficservices; and

3. Report to the Authority,  within 48 hours of the occurrence, thecircumstances surrounding any unplanned disruption to air trafficservices when the disruption affected, or could have affected, thesafety of air traffic.

37.2 Disruptions reportable under paragraph 37.1 shall include, but are notlimited to, any – 

1. Failure to open watch within 15 minutes of the promulgated opening

time; and

2. Any interruption, of greater than 10 minutes, to the normal provisionof an air traffic service; and

3. Curtailment of watch, by greater than 30 minutes, from thepromulgated off watch time.

38 Safety Management System (SMS) requirements

38.1 The applicant for an air traffic service certificate shall establish a safetymanagement system acceptable to the GCAA that, as a minimum – 

1. Identifies safety hazards,

2. Ensures that remedial action necessary to maintain an acceptablelevel of safety is implemented,

3. Provides for continuous monitoring and regular assessment of thesafety level achieved, and

4. Aims to make continuous improvements to the overall level ofsafety.

A safety management system shall clearly define lines of safety

 

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 101/226

CAR PART VIII Subpart 4, ATS

41

accountability throughout the ATS organisation, including a directresponsibility for safety on the part of senior management.

For compliance requirements refer to CAR Part X, Safety ManagementSystems (SMS) Regulations. 

38.2 An ATS service provider shall ensure that any significant change to the ATS

system, including but not limited to proposed amendments to separationminima, operational equipment or procedures, ATS sectorisation,coordination procedures and hours of duty shall be subject to a safetyassessment, indicating that an acceptable level of safety shall be met, priorto implementation.

User consultation shall form part of the safety assessment.

The safety assessment shall be presented to, and accepted by, the ANSRegulation section of the Aviation Security and Infrastructure Department ofthe GCAA prior to implementation of the change.

38.3 An ATS service provider shall, as part of their SMS, establish target levelsof safety/key performance indicators for at least the following safety areas:

1. Runway incursions by aircraft, vehicles or personnel,

2. Loss of separation,

3. Level busts, where ATC action was a causal factor, and

4. Outages of Navigation Aids, Power Supplies and CommunicationEquipment during ATC Operational hours.

39 Quality Assurance System (QAS) Requirements

39.1 The applicant for an air traffic service certificate shall establish an internalquality assurance system (QAS) to ensure compliance with, and theadequacy of, the procedures required by these Regulations and the

relevant chapter under which certification is sought.

The QAS shall, include – 

1. A quality assurance policy and procedures that are relevant to theapplicant’s organisational goals and the expectations and needs ofits customers; and

2. Procedures to ensure that aeronautical data at any moment istraceable to its origin so as to allow any data anomalies or errors,detected during production/maintenance phases or in operationaluse, to be corrected; and

3. Procedures to ensure quality indicators relevant to the servicebeing provided, including but not limited to, samples of radio and

telephone records, defect and incident reports, and personnel andcustomer feedback, are monitored to identify existing problems orpotential causes of problems within the system; and

4. A procedure for corrective action to ensure existing problems thathave been identified within the system are corrected; and

5. A procedure for preventive action to ensure that potential causes ofproblems that have been identified within the system are remedied;and

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 102/226

CAR PART VIII Subpart 4, ATS

42

6. An internal quality audit programme to audit the applicant’sorganisation for conformity with its quality assurance system; and

7. Management review procedures to ensure the continuing suitabilityand effectiveness of the internal quality assurance system insatisfying the requirements of this Part.

40 Trials

40.1 The Authority may, upon application in writing from the holder of an airtraffic service certificate, approve, subject to such conditions on thatapproval as the Authority considers necessary in the interests of aviationsafety, the conduct of trials regarding – 

1. Reduced separation minima; or

2. New operating procedures or routes; or

3. Standard phraseology; or

4. ATS surveillance procedures, or

5. Data link procedures.

The application shall include a safety assessment in accordance with ICAOPANS-ATM, chapter 2 and ICAO Document 9859.

40.2 A trial may be approved by the Authority for a single period of no longerthan 6 months, and upon further application in writing by the certificateholder, be extended by the Authority for a single period of no longer than 3months.

40.3 A trial approved under this rule may be terminated by the Authority at anytime.

41 Denial of ATC clearance

41.1 The holder of an air traffic service certificate in respect of an aerodromecontrol service shall not deny the pilot of an aircraft an ATC clearance onthe basis of non payment of charges owed to the certificate holder unless – 

1. The aircraft is on the ground; and

2. That clearance is for entry onto the manoeuvring area.

41.2 The certificate holder shall continue to provide normal ATC service for anyaircraft entering the manoeuvring area without an ATC clearance.

42 Suspension of VFR operations42.1 The holder of an air traffic service certificate for an approach control service

or aerodrome control service may, when appropriate for safety reasons,suspend any or all controlled VFR operations within a control zone.

43 Organisation exposition

43.1 The applicant for an air traffic service certificate shall provide the Authority 

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 103/226

CAR PART VIII Subpart 4, ATS

43

with an exposition containing – 

1. A statement signed by the Head of ATS on behalf of the applicant’sorganisation confirming that the exposition and any includedmanuals – 

2. Define the organisation and demonstrate its means and methodsfor ensuring ongoing compliance with this and any other applicablePart; and

3. Are required to be complied with by its personnel at all times; and

4. A statement signed by the Head of ATS on behalf of the applicant’sorganisation confirming that:

a. the organisation has sufficient financial strength to providethe services contained within the organisation’s exposition;and

b. the organisation has sufficient liability and insurance coverto meet any claims that could be made relating to theservices contained within the organisation’s exposition; and

5. The titles and names of the person or persons required byparagraphs 4.1.1 to 4.1.4 inclusive; and

6. The duties and responsibilities of the person or persons specified inparagraph 43.1.3 , including matters for which they haveresponsibility to deal directly with the Authority on behalf of theorganisation; and

7. An organisation chart showing lines of responsibility of the personsspecified in paragraph 43.1.3, and extending to each location listedunder paragraph 43.1. 6.a; and

8. In the case of an organisation providing air traffic services frommore than one ATS unit, a table listing – 

a. locations of ATS units; andb. the aerodrome or airspace being serviced; and

c. the services provided; and

9. Details of the applicant’s staffing structure for each ATS unit; and

10. A document matrix detailing where the requirements of paragraphs4 to 42 are contained within the organisations operational manuals.

11. Procedures to control, amend and distribute the exposition.

43.2 The applicant’s exposition must be acceptable to the Authority.

44 ATS Operations Manual

44.1 The applicant for an air traffic service certificate shall provide an ATSoperations manual containing the following:

1. The procedures required by paragraph 4.2 regarding thecompetency, qualifications, maintenance of current operatingpractice, and medical fitness of personnel; and

2. The procedures required by paragraph 5 regarding the training and

 

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 104/226

CAR PART VIII Subpart 4, ATS

44

assessment of ATS personnel, and regarding the qualifications ofATS training personnel; and

3. The procedures regarding shift administration required byparagraph 6; and

4. A description of the display systems to be used in meeting therequirements of paragraphs 7.2.5.a and 7.3.3.a; and 

5. The information required by paragraph 8 regarding hours of service,the establishment of an air traffic service, and any transitionalarrangements; and

6. The procedures required by paragraph 9: and

7. The contingency plan required by paragraph 10; and

8. The procedures required by paragraph 11 regarding coordinationrequirements; and

9. The procedures required by paragraph 12 regarding the notificationof facility status; and

10. The procedures required by paragraph 13 regarding the receipt ofinformation requirements; and

11. The procedures required by paragraph 14 regarding meteorologicalinformation and reporting; and

12. Where applicable, the procedures required by paragraph 15regarding the provision of area control and approach controlservices; and

13. Where applicable, the procedures required by paragraph 16regarding the provision of aerodrome control service; and

14. The procedures required by paragraph 17 regarding the separationof controlled flights and special use airspace; and

15. The procedures required by paragraph 18 regarding responsibilityfor control; and

16. Where applicable, the procedures required by paragraph 19regarding the application of priorities; and

17. Where applicable, the procedures required by paragraph 20regarding flow control; and

18. The procedures required by paragraph 21 regarding ATCclearances; and

19. The procedures required by paragraph 22 regarding deviations froman ATC clearance; and

20. The procedures required by paragraph 23 regarding the allocation

of cruising levels; and

21. The procedures required by paragraph 24 regarding the provision offlight information service; and

22. Where applicable, the procedures required by paragraph 25regarding the provision of aerodrome flight information service; and

23. The procedures required by paragraph 26 regarding the provision ofalerting service; and

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 105/226

CAR PART VIII Subpart 4, ATS

45

24. The procedures required by paragraph 27 regarding the processingof flight plans; and

25. The procedures required by paragraph 28 regarding time; and

26. The altimeter setting procedures required by paragraph 29; and

27. The radio and telephone procedures required by paragraph 30; and

28. The procedures required by paragraph 31 regarding the provision ofsurveillance services; and

29. The procedures required by paragraph 32 regarding aircraftemergencies and irregular operations; and

30. The procedures required by paragraph 33 regarding actionsfollowing an air safety incident or accident; and

31. The procedures required by paragraph 34 regarding the gatheringand management of records; and

32. The procedures required by paragraph 35 regarding the keeping oflogbooks and position logs; and

33. Details of the programme required by paragraph 36 regardingsecurity arrangements; and

34. The procedures required by paragraph 37 regarding disruption toservice; and

35. The procedures and programmes required by paragraph 38regarding the safety management system.

36. The procedures and programmes required by paragraph 39regarding quality assurance.

44.2 The applicant’s manual must be acceptable to the Authority.

45 Changes to certificate holder’s organisation

45.1 The holder of an air traffic service certificate shall ensure that the holder’sexposition is amended so as to remain a current description of the holder’sorganisation and services.

45.2 The holder of an air traffic service certificate shall ensure that anyamendment to the holder’s exposition – 

Meets the applicable requirements of this Part; and

Complies with the amendment procedures contained in the holder’sexposition.

45.3 The holder of an air traffic service certificate shall provide the Authority witha copy of each amendment to the holder’s exposition as soon as practicableafter its incorporation into the exposition, except that, for the holder’soperational manual or manuals, the holder shall forward to the Authority – 

A copy of each amendment, at least 15 working days in advance of theeffective date; or

An amendment of an urgent or immediate nature, without delay, and no

 

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 106/226

CAR PART VIII Subpart 4, ATS

46

later than the date on which it is effective.

45.4 If the holder of an air traffic service certificate proposes to make any changeto any of the following, prior notification to and acceptance by the Authorityis required – 

1. The Head of ATS; or

2. The listed person/s; or

3. Any aspect of air traffic management that may have an adverseimpact on air traffic services provided by a State responsible foradjacent airspace.

45.5 The Authority may specify conditions under which the holder of an air trafficservice certificate may operate during or following any of the changesspecified in paragraph 45.4, and the holder shall comply with any conditionsspecified.

45.6 If any of the changes referred to in this rule require an amendment to thecertificate, the holder of the air traffic service certificate shall forward the

certificate to the Authority as soon as practicable.

45.7 The holder of an air traffic service certificate shall make amendments to theholder’s exposition as the Authority considers necessary in the interests ofaviation safety.

46 Withdrawal or transfer of service

46.1 The holder of an air traffic service certificate who wishes to permanentlywithdraw or significantly reduce the hours of operation of an air trafficservice shall give the Authority at least 90 days notice of the proposal andinclude in that notice a summary of factors considered in arriving at thedecision to withdraw the service.

46.2 The holder of an air traffic service certificate who is the outgoing provider ofan air traffic service shall not hinder the preparation and execution of thetransitional arrangements required by paragraph 8.2.

47 Transition

47.1 Not withstanding the requirements of paragraph 3.3.1 of this Subpart, anATS provider providing an air traffic service at the date this Rule Subpartcomes into force, may continue to provide the same service/s until 31October 2010, by which time a certificate required by this Subpart will berequired.

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 107/226

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 108/226

CAR PART VIII Subpart 4, ATS Appendix 1

2

1. Between military aircraft; and

2. Agreed to by the pilots of the aircraft involved; and

3. In accordance with the written agreement.

Essential traffic information shall be passed to affected controlled flightswhenever ATC is aware of Code Red operations.

1.3 Formation flights

1.3.1 Separation need not be applied between individual aircraft in formation flightwhen – 

1. Prior notice of the flight has been given to ATC ; or

2. The flight consists of an aircraft in distress and its escort.

1.4 Separation from active special use airspace

1.4.1 When applying the separation required in paragraph 15, the minimum

separation shall be – 

1. When aircraft within the active special use airspace may beoperating in IMC – 

a. 1000 feet vertical separation up to FL 290; or

b. 2000 feet vertical separation above FL 290; or

c. 5nm radar separation; or

2. When aircraft operating within the special use airspace areoperating in VMC – 

a. 500 feet vertical separation up to FL 290; or

b. 1000 feet vertical separation above FL 290; or

c. 5nm radar separation; or

3. Achieved by the use of minima or procedures designed by aprocedure design organisation and approved by the Authority.

Area and approach separation criteria

1.5 Longitudinal separation by time

1.5.1 When separating aircraft that are on the same track, and on opposite sidesof an NDB, VOR or VORTAC, at which both aircraft are required to report, 5minutes minimum separation may be applied, provided – 

1. One aircraft is in level flight and the other aircraft is climbing ordescending to achieve vertical separation; and

2. The preceding aircraft has passed the applicable aid by at least5 minutes; and

3. Confirmation is obtained from the following aircraft that it hasnot yet reached the applicable aid.

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 109/226

CAR PART VIII Subpart 4, ATS Appendix 1

3

1.6 Longitudinal separation by distance

1.6.1 Separation may be established or maintained between aircraft using GNSSderived distance in lieu of DME derived distance, or one aircraft usingGNSS and the other using DME, provided that both aircraft are using the

same DME station, same GNSS waypoint or when the GNSS waypoint andDME station are collocated.

GNSS based distance is acceptable from either GNSS stand aloneequipment or an integrated navigation system incorporating GNSS

Separation is assured by obtaining frequent, and immediately consecutive,distance readings from both aircraft.

1.6.2 A minimum separation of 10nm may be applied – 

1. When changing from longitudinal to vertical separation, wherethe following aircraft is instructed to reach a vertical separationlevel 10nm prior to the last distance report of the precedingaircraft ; or

2. When separating an aircraft beyond, and flying away from aDME arc, from an aircraft on the arc, using the same DME.

1.7 Lateral separation

1.7.1 Lateral separation may only be applied according to the criteria and minimacontained in PANS-ATM, chapter 5 or where approved by the holder of aflight procedure design certificate issued by the Authority.

Radar separation

1.8 Radar separation from an unidentified controlledflight

1.8.1 A minimum radar separation of 5nm may be applied between an identifiedaircraft and an unidentified controlled flight entering or about to enter radarcoverage, in accordance with the provisions of PANS-ATM, chapter 8,paragraph 8.7.2.8.

1.8.2 Radar separation may be applied between a previously identified aircraftwhich has since passed out of radar cover, and a following identifiedaircraft, provided the following aircraft can achieve the appropriate verticalseparation at least 5nm before the position at which the preceding aircraftpassed out of radar cover.

1.8.3 Radar separation may be applied between aircraft on reciprocal tracks,when an identified aircraft is at least 5nm past the position at which apreviously identified aircraft passed out of radar cover.

1.8.4 A minimum radar separation of 5nm may be applied between identifiedaircraft and the cleared route of an unidentified controlled VFR flight.

1.8.5 Except when transfer of control is to be effected, aircraft shall not be 

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 110/226

CAR PART VIII Subpart 4, ATS Appendix 1

4

vectored closer than 2.5 NM or, where the minimum permissible separationis greater than 5 NM, a distance equivalent to one-half of the prescribedseparation minimum, from the limit of the airspace for which the controller isresponsible, unless formal arrangements have been made with adjacentunits or sectors to ensure that separation will exist with aircraft operating inadjoining areas.

1.9 Radar separation from holding aircraft

1.9.1 In airspace where the radar separation minima is 5nm or less, a minimum of5nm shall be applied between an identified aircraft that is not holding, andother identified aircraft that are holding notwithstanding that individualidentity of the holding aircraft may be lost.

In airspace with a higher radar separation minima, that minima shall beused between holding and non holding aircraft.

1.10 Radar separation for aircraft on reciprocal tracks

1.10.1 Reciprocal tracks are as defined in PANS ATM 5.4.2.1.5 (b) and Figure 5.7.

Where confirmation has been obtained from radar derived information thataircraft on reciprocal tracks have passed, there is no requirement to ensurethat minimum radar separation exists before reducing minimum verticalseparation provided that:

1. Both aircraft are properly identified; and

2. Radar label leader lines for both tracks are not crossed; and

3. The distance between the position symbols is increasing; and

4. The position symbols are not touching or overlapping.

Aerodrome separation criteria

1.11 Separation of successive IFR departures

1.11.1 Not withstanding wake turbulence requirements, a following IFR aircraftmay be cleared for take-off when – 

1. Its initial departure track differs by at least 30 degrees from thedeparture track of the leading aircraft, and visual observation bythe aerodrome controller confirms that the leading aircraft – 

a. has turned to clear the departure track of the followingaircraft; or

b. has reached a point where appropriate separation will existfrom the following aircraft; or

2. The initial track differs by at least 20 degrees from thedeparture track of the leading aircraft; and

a. radar identification will be established within 1nm from thedeparture end of the runway used for take-off; and

b. the leading aircraft is 1nm ahead of the following aircraft,and confirmed by visual or radar observation as having

 

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 111/226

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 112/226

CAR PART VIII Subpart 4, ATS Appendix 1

6

1.15 Wake turbulence separation

1.15.1 A specific pilot request for a waiver from any wake turbulence separationmay be granted provided – 

1. The air traffic controller does not prompt, instigate or invite a

pilot to request a waiver from wake turbulence separation; and

2. When the other aircraft is an ICAO heavy category, or B757aircraft, the air traffic controller reminds the pilot requesting thewaiver of the category or type of the other aircraft.

1.16 Composite visual separation

1.16.1 An aerodrome controller may apply a composite of geographical and visualseparation, provided instructions are issued as necessary to maintainadequate separation, between – 

1. An aircraft continuously in sight of the aerodrome controller,

and within 10nm of the aerodrome; and2. An aircraft not in sight of the controller, but whose current

position has been determined by radar or pilot position report.

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 113/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 4, ATS Appendix 2

1

Appendix 2: ATS Training

2.1 ATC Course Approvals

2.1.1 ATS Providers shall apply to the Authority, for individual course approvalsfor any UAE ATC Controller or UAE ATC student, who is proposed to attenda course leading to the issue of the following, related to the UAE Licensingrequirements;

1. OJT Permit to conduct training towards the issue of an ATCRating,

2. Air Traffic Services Instructor (ATSI) Endorsement;

3. OJT Instructor Endorsement;

4. Examiner Endorsement;

Note:  The Authority does not approve colleges or types of courses.Instead, individual courses are approved based upon submitted informationand, where applicable, inspection by the Authority.

2.1.2 Costs associated with the Authority’s approval of courses shall be met inadvance by the applicant.

2.1.3 Training courses for ATS personnel shall take due regard of Human Factorsrequirements, as contained in ICAO Document 9683, Part 1 Chapter 5, andPart 2, chapter 1, in the training of ATS staff.

2.1.4 ATS Providers or Colleges requesting an approval of an ATC course shallsubmit the following information to the Authority for review prior tocommencing the course:

1. Rating or qualification being addressed by the course;

2. Syllabus;

3. Instructors – including CVs;

4. Facilities and equipment;

5. Students; and

6. Course schedule;

7. For courses leading to ATC Ratings requiring simulation details,the following details shall be provided:

a. minimum number of simulation exercises planned perstudent; and

b. simulation exercise duration; and

8. Statement from the ATS Provider or college providing thecourse confirming that all simulation exercises shall beconducted with 1 simulation instructor teaching, monitoring andassessing a maximum of 1 student;

9. Details of UAE students on the course;

10. Details of non-UAE students on the course;

11. Statements from the ATS Provider or college providing thecourse confirming the following;

a. in order to attain the course certificate, the student shallattain a pass level in all theoretical examinations, and

 

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 114/226

CAR PART VIII Subpart 4, ATS Appendix 2

2

simulation mastery assessments given during the course;

b. on successful completion of the course the student shall beprovided with an individual final course certificate;

c. the student shall be provided with a final course reportsindicating areas of weaknesses and strengths, the level of

achievement attained, and number of simulation exercisescompleted; and

d. any amendment to the course provisions, includinginstructor change or reduction to the syllabus content,which may affect the quality of the instruction, shall benotified to the Authority for review.

2.1.5 The minimum pass grade for each subject examination shall be 70 per cent.The trainee shall pass all subject examinations appropriate to the ATCcourse to be eligible to successfully pass the overall course.

2.1.6 A student who fails a written, oral or practical examination may apply for re-testing in the failed part/s providing sufficient additional instruction has beengiven to the student prior to the re-testing.

The minimum pass grade for re-examination in theoretical parts shall beeighty five per cent (85%).

Only one re-examination for failed parts shall be permitted.

Failing a re-examination shall result in failure of the course as a whole.

2.2 Approved Unit Training and Assessment Plans.

2.2.1 Units shall develop Approved Unit Training and Assessment Plans (AUTPs)that will satisfy the licensing requirements, for all ATC training conductedwithin the unit.

ATS Providers shall submit their draft AUTP to the Authority for approval.

An AUTP shall adhere to Minimum Experience Requirements as describedin Appendix 2.9.

An AUTP shall include procedures for an Assessment of PreviousCompetence.

An AUTP shall include the target training times and assessment schemesfor Certificates of Competence examinations towards issue of first orsubsequent ratings. An AUTP shall indicate the amount of training, if any,that will be conducted on a simulator.

The Authority or the unit may require an examination board to conduct anyCertificate of Competence examination. An examination board shall consistof an Inspector of ATS and an ATC Examiner, or at the discretion of theAuthority a Rating Examiner and an ATC Examiner.

Units developing an AUTP should consult the Authority during thedevelopment stage.

An AUTP shall include the following:

1. A description of the duties and qualification of the personneldesignated as responsible for planning, performing andsupervising the training.

2. Detailed descriptions of the courses approved by the Authorityfor conduct at the unit.

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 115/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 4, ATS Appendix 2

3

3. Detailed descriptions of the competency assessment process.

4. A description of the method used for the completion andretention of training records.

2.3 Air Traffic Control Examiners

2.3.1 Examinations for the issue of Certificates of Competence for first orsubsequent ratings shall be carried out by a holder of a UAE ATC Licencewith a valid ATC Examiner endorsement, issued by the Authority.

2.3.2 Examinations for the renewal of Certificates of Competence, including re-issues following suspensions or lapses of validations of less than 12months, shall be carried out by a holder of a UAE ATC Licence with a validATC Examiner, or valid Local Competence Examiner endorsement, issuedby the Authority. 

ATC Examiners and Local Competency Examiners shall only conductexaminations for sectors or operational positions for which they currentlyhold, and have held for a period of two years, a valid Certificate ofCompetence, except where, in extenuating circumstances, an appropriatelyrated OJTI is responsible during the examination, for a sector or position forwhich the Examiner does not hold a Certificate of Competence.

2.3.3 The lead examiner conducting the Certificate of Competence assessmentshall take accountability for the assessment result, which is indicated by theexaminer signing the Certificate of Competence Certificate.

ATC Examiners and Local Competence Examiners shall conduct aminimum of two Certificate of Competence examinations every 12 months.Examiners who do not meet this requirement shall be required to conductone Certificate of Competence examination under the supervision of anATC Examiner, before conducting further examinations.

Inspectors of ATS and Rating Examiners shall be appointed by theAuthority.

ATS Providers shall apply to the Authority for an adequate number of ATCExaminer and Local Competence Examiner endorsements through theapplication process in the ATC Licence Application Manual.

On transferring to another ATC unit an ATC Examiner or Local CompetenceExaminer endorsement shall become invalid.

An examiner who is responsible for the conduct of a Certificate ofCompetence examination shall ensure:

1. That the candidate is fully briefed on:

a. the schedule for the examination and its constituent parts;

b. the persons involved and their roles in the examination;

c. the right to appeal in respect of the conduct of theexamination.

2. That the candidate and those involved in the examinations areappropriately licensed;

3. That, during the theoretical element of the examination, thewritten and oral questions conform to the guidance in Appendix2.10.19;

4. That the candidate is fully debriefed following the examinationwith, if appropriate, the reasons for failure; and

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 116/226

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 117/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 4, ATS Appendix 2

5

the issue of subsequent ratings, have not exercised theprivileges of a particular rating for more than 5 years; or

2. Where an ATC licence holder has previously completedsubstantial common elements of a course syllabus towardsgaining a particular rating; or

3. Where a trainee or controller has not commenced On-the-Jobtraining for a rating within 12 months of having completed anapproved ATC course relative to that rating or, who havingcommenced On-the-Job training ceases that training for aperiod exceeding 12 months.

4. The 12 month limitation period referred to in Appendix 2.5.1.3may be relaxed to an extent determined by the Authorityprovided that the trainee or controller:

a. has completed more than one approved ATC course oftraining associated with ratings, relevant to the unit, prior tocommencing On-the-Job training towards the grant of anAir Traffic Controller Licence; and

b. shall commence On-the-Job training in at least one rating

discipline within the 12 month period; and

c. shall follow a training scheme where the ratings associatedwith the ATC courses will be gained at the same unit.

2.5.2 The assessment of previous competence will be based on the controller’sexperience, the period of time elapsed since the controller exercised theprivilege of the particular rating and the relevance of duties performed in theintervening period, or the period of time which has elapsed since a traineecompleting an ATC course. The assessment is carried out to determine theamount of refresher training required to achieve a level of competencesimilar to that achieved through recently passing an approved course oftraining.

The Authority, or the person(s) to which responsibility for this evaluation has

been delegated, will decide on the requirement for refresher training.

The Authority may require to witness or to supplement the assessment ofprevious competence with an additional assessment.

2.6 Training Records

2.6.1 Detailed training records shall be retained by the training organisation toshow that all AUTP and CAR licensing requirements have been met.

Training organisations shall maintain a system for recording thequalifications, training and assessment of instructional and examining staff.

Training records shall be retained by the controller’s ATC unit for 2 yearsafter the completion of the training or until the controller ceases employmentat an ATS unit, whichever is longer.

Training records for controllers holding OJTI or Examiner endorsementsshall be retained for a minimum period of 2 years after the controller ceasesto perform the function for the training organisation or ceases employmentat an ATS unit.

Training Records shall be signed by the trainee and the OJTI.

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 118/226

CAR PART VIII Subpart 4, ATS Appendix 2

6

2.7 Continuation Training Requirements

2.7.1 Continuation training (CT) shall comprise of emergency continuation training(ECT) and operationally significant items based on the particular unit ororganisation. These may include, but are not limited to: new procedures,

airspace changes, pending equipment introduction, reviewing both local andoverseas incident and accident reports as a basis for evaluating both theorganisation’s procedures and individual practices in similar situations.

Simulation exercises and question and answer sessions are acceptabletypes of continuation training.

CT may be unit or organisation specific.

CT shall be carried out annually and shall be recorded in the staff member’straining record.

As part of the initial issue or annual renewal of a Certificate of Competence,a controller shall be required to successfully complete an approved courseof Emergency Continuation Training, consisting of a minimum of four hourstraining, at least once in the 12 months prior to the Certificate of

Competence examination date.Units shall provide at least four hours of ECT per controller for each 12month period.

2.7.2 Emergency Continuation Training (ECT) refers to approved courses oftraining for Air Traffic Controllers in the handling of aircraft subject toemergencies.

Such courses shall be comprehensive in covering all aspects of thehandling of aircraft subject to emergencies, relevant to the rating/s held bythe controller.

Emergency Continuation Training courses offered by ATC Units and ATCcolleges shall be submitted to the Authority for approval.

Emergency Continuation Training may be conducted as part of anassociated rating course, or as a separate course.

ATC Units should consult with Airline and General Aviation operators, asoften as possible, to determine specific operator requirements that mayimpact on the handling of aircraft subject to emergencies. Theserequirements should be incorporated into ECT course content.

A holder of an Air Traffic Controller Licence shall not be entitled to exercisethe privileges of a rating contained in that licence unless the holder hasdemonstrated competence in the handling of aircraft subject toemergencies.

2.7.3 ECT for Aerodrome Control ratings shall contain a requirement for thecontroller to interact with live emergency services for the purpose of passing

emergency messages and ensuring the controller can direct emergencyvehicles to an accident site. The exercise need not require a full operationalturn out, but should involve at least one emergency vehicle.

ECT courses shall include the following:

1. Sufficient instruction with regard to Aircraft types, structures andsystems to enable controllers to understand informationprovided by pilots which may have a bearing on the handling ofemergencies;

2. A comprehensive range of emergency situations for the aircraft

 

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 119/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 4, ATS Appendix 2

7

types and phases of flight handled by the unit;

3. Unexpected occurrences, and ATC errors, requiring avoidingaction and the passing of traffic information, to prevent losses ofseparation, or to re-establish separation;

4. Failures of ATC equipment;

5. Interaction with emergency services; and

6. Human Factors principles in relation to communication betweenATS units and aircraft subject to emergencies.

7. ECT shall be related to the type of service provided by the unitand controller and, where possible, components of the trainingshall be carried out in a simulator.

2.8 English Language Proficiency Training

2.8.1 ATS Providers are recommended to provide aviation English proficiencylanguage training to air traffic control assistants.

2.8.2 ATS Providers are strongly advised to provide regular refresher aviationEnglish language proficiency training for air traffic control trainees and airtraffic controllers who have demonstrated an English language proficiencylevel of less than Expert Level (Level 6).

Air traffic control trainees and air traffic controllers who have demonstratedan English language proficiency level of less than the minimum requiredOperational Level (Level 4), shall be required to complete an appropriaterefresher course of aviation English language proficiency training, approvedby the Authority, prior to being considered for reassessment by an approvedformal aviation English language proficiency test.

Details of the proposed refresher course shall be forwarded to the Authorityfor approval prior to conducting the course. The refresher course shall befocused on the areas of weakness demonstrated in the previous language

assessment and shall be of sufficient duration, so as to allow the person toreceived adequate instruction. On satisfactory completion of the course theresults shall be forwarded to the Authority with the application request forre-assessment.

2.9 Minimum Experience Requirements

2.9.1 Minimum Experience Requirement (MER) is defined as a minimum periodof training under supervision, stated in Valid Training Days, required for atrainee to complete prior to being assessed for competence towards thegrant of a rating.

A valid training day is defined as a training shift comprised of a minimum offour hours of on-position training.

Traffic density category is a High / Medium / Low, category determined bythe Authority for each ATC unit based on the unit’s traffic volume anddensity.

Training hours shall be recorded in the training summary report and a copyof the report shall be submitted to the Authority as evidence of having metthe MER for a licence or rating application.

2.9.2 The Minimum Experience Requirement for the issue of a Certificate ofCompetence in a Rating not previously held is based on the:

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 120/226

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 121/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 4, ATS Appendix 2

9

2. An AUTP; and

3. The requirements for the issue of a Certificate of Competenceas detailed in Appendix 2.10.2

2.9.8 The Minimum Experience Requirement for the issue of a Certificate ofCompetence in a Rating previously held is based on the type of rating andthe Traffic Density Categorisation of the unit.

Note:  Conditions for acceptance of previous experience are as detailed inAppendix 3.4.4.2.

2.9.9 A controller’s Minimum Experience Requirement towards the issue of aCertificate of Competence for a Rating previously held for a particularoperational position is stated in net valid training days (shifts) and is astabulated below:

MER (shifts) High Medium Low

Area / Area Radar 40 N/A N/A

Approach Radar 40 25 15

Tower/Approach 40 25 15

Note:  Except in exceptional circumstances, the Authority will notaccept more than five valid shifts during a seven-day period or seven validshifts during a ten-day period.

2.9.10 For a controller with previous experience the Minimum ExperienceRequirement may be reduced by substitution of up to 50% simulator trainingtime, provided the simulation presents a valid representation of theairspace, traffic pattern, and operational environment in which theCertificate of Competence is sought.

2.9.11 Training hours shall be logged and a training summary report submitted tothe Authority with the licence or rating application as evidence of having metthe MER.

2.10 Competence of Air Traffic Controllers

2.10.1 ATS Providers shall ensure that the Air Traffic Control service beingprovided at a unit is being conducted in accordance with the requirementsof CAR Part VIII, Subpart 4 and maintained at a satisfactory level by issuingand renewing Certificates of Competence in accordance with theinstructions in this section.

2.10.2 A Certificate of Competence denotes that the holder has been certified byan approved examiner as being competent to provide an unsupervised airtraffic control service at a specific operational position.

A Certificate of Competence certifies that the holder has successfullycompleted:

1. Practical, written and oral examinations relevant to theoperational position;

2. An approved course of Emergency Continuation Training withinthe previous 12 months (for initial and annual renewals only);

 

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 122/226

CAR PART VIII Subpart 4, ATS Appendix 2

10

and

3. A Tape Review of live voice and radar data. (For renewalsonly.)

2.10.3 A current Certificate of Competence shall:

1. Be held for each ATC control position on which a controllerprovides an unsupervised ATC service; Note 1 

2. Only be issued to a controller who has demonstratedsatisfactory competence in accordance with the examination,ECT and Tape Review requirements of this section;

3. Be valid for 12 months after the end of the Gregorian calendarmonth during which the certificate is issued subject to thecontroller maintaining the currency requirements of this section;

4. Act as a provisional licence for the specific rating and ATCcontrol position for a period of 30 days from the date of issue.Note 2 

Note 1:  A single Certificate of Competence may be issued for multiple

ATC control positions for which the controller has been assessed ascompetent to exercise the privileges of the ratings. All relevant ATC controlpositions shall be clearly defined on the Certificate of Competence.

Note 2:  This is to allow time for the issue or update of the holders AirTraffic Controller Licence.

2.10.4 A Certificate of Competence shall be signed by the examiner authorised bythe Authority, who conducted the Certificate of Competence examination,and the controller who was assessed.

The unit shall forward a copy of each Certificate of Competence to theGCAA ATC Licensing Section within 5 working days.

A record of the current Certificate of Competence shall be included in theholder’s ATC Licence.

2.10.5 Examinations for the issue of a Certificate of Competence shall only beconducted by an authorised ATC examiner.

2.10.6 Examinations for the renewal of a Certificate of Competence, or the re-issueor reinstatement following lapses of validation or suspension of a Certificateof Competence, shall be conducted by an authorised ATC Examiner orLocal Competency Examiner.

2.10.7 The ATS unit or Authority may require Certificate of Competenceexaminations to be carried out by an examination board. An examinationboard shall comprise of an Inspector of ATS and an ATC Examiner, or atthe discretion of the Authority, a Rating Examiner and an ATC Examiner.

2.10.8 A Certificate of Competence shall automatically expire on the last day of theGregorian calendar month during which the licence holder reaches the ageof 65 years.

2.10.9 As part of the Certificate of Competence renewal requirements, notincluding a Certificate of Competence required after remedial training, acontroller shall be required to undergo a Tape Review of live voice andradar data related to the ratings for which competency is being evaluated,within the previous 12 month period.

A written assessment of the Annual Tape Review shall be signed by both

 

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 123/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 4, ATS Appendix 2

11

the examiner and the controller and filed by the unit in the controller’slicence records.

2.10.10 During an annual Tape Review, which shall encompass all voice and radardata related to the ratings for which competence is being evaluated,controllers shall be given the opportunity to monitor their own live

recordings.The primary objectives of the tape are to allow the controller to listen to thequality of the his speech including speed of delivery and clarity, andcompliance with the requirement to use ICAO standardised phraseology inall situations for which it has been specified. Only when standardisedphraseology cannot serve an intended transmission shall plain English beused in a clear and concise manner.

While controllers shall be informed of the requirement for these reviews,they shall not be advised of the periods being evaluated prior to the review.

Tape Reviews shall be conducted by an authorised ATC Examiner or LocalCompetency Examiner in the presence of the controller being assessed.

Prior to conducting an examination for the renewal of a Certificate of

Competence, the examiner shall require evidence that the controller hascompleted a Tape Review within the previous 12 month period.

2.10.11 Before a Certificate of Competence is issued or renewed a controller shalldemonstrate satisfactory competence in the following areas by completing aCertificate of Competence examination.

1. Satisfactory knowledge in the following subjects:

a. air law

b. air traffic control equipment,

c. general aviation knowledge,

d. human performance factors relevant to Air Traffic Controlincluding handling of an aircraft in an emergency.

e. English language proficiency including standard ICAOphraseology,

f. meteorology,

g. navigation,

h. ICAO Standards and Recommended Practices includingthose in Doc 4444,

i. local ATS unit operational procedures.

2. Satisfactorily demonstrate compliance with the following areas:

a. the use ICAO standardised phraseology in all situations forwhich it has been specified. Only when standardised

phraseology cannot serve an intended transmission, plainEnglish language shall be used.

b. correctly adhering to ICAO Standards and RecommendedPractises including those required in ICAO Doc 4444,

3. Correctly complying with local ATS Unit operational procedures.

 

2.10.12 Prior to conducting an examination for the issue or renewal of a Certificateof Competence, not including a Certificate of Competence required afterremedial training, the examiner shall require evidence that the controller hascompleted an ECT course within the previous 12 month period.

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 124/226

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 125/226

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 126/226

CAR PART VIII Subpart 4, ATS Appendix 2

14

period, evidence of which shall be provided to the examiner prior to anexamination for the issue or renewal of a Certificate of Competence.

Prior to conducting an examination for the issue or renewal of a Certificateof Competence, the examiner shall require evidence that the controller hascompleted an ECT course within the previous 12 month period

2.11 Failure to Maintain Currency

2.11.1 If during the period between annual competence checks, the ATS Providerbecomes aware that the competence of a controller is in doubt, thecontroller shall be removed from duty, his Certificate of Competence shallbe withdrawn and the Authority advised.

2.11.2 A controller whose Certificate of Competence has been withdrawn shall notprovide an air traffic control service associated with that rating except underthe supervision of an appropriately qualified air traffic controller. Excludingcases where a Controller’s Certificate of Competence has been withdrawnfollowing an occurrence investigation, he may continue to provide anunsupervised service for the ratings in which he remains competent.

2.11.3 A controller whose Certificate of Competence has been withdrawn shall berequired to undergo a period of training under supervision and successfullycomplete a Certificate of Competence examination before a Certificate ofCompetence is re-issued.

2.11.4 The period of training under supervision shall be agreed on by the ATS unitand the Authority, and is a minimum period, which shall be extended incases where a controller’s ability to safely and professionally exercise theprivileges of a particular rating is in doubt.

2.11.5 If following the agreed period of retraining the controller is assessed as notcompetent, the Authority will amend the controller’s licence which mayresult in revocation of the Air Traffic Controller Licence or any of its

associated ratings. may elect to suspend or permanently revoke thecontroller’s ATC Licence.

2.11.6 Controllers who have had their licences suspended or permanently revokedshall forward their licences to the Authority.

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 127/226

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 128/226

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 129/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 4, ATS Appendix 3

3

Authority for the applicable rating for which the trainee will undergoOJT; or

3. Have acted as a certified civil air traffic controller performing full timeoperational duties for a minimum period of 3 years, in the applicablerating the trainee will undergo OJT, at a civil air traffic facility underthe jurisdiction of an authority, whose ATC licensing system has

been deemed by the Authority as meeting the requirements laiddown in these regulations; and

4. Demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Authority, through a testacceptable to Authority, the ability to speak and understand theEnglish language used for radiotelephony communications to thelevel specified in the ICAO language proficiency requirements inAppendix 3.9  and

5. Hold a current Class 3 Medical Certificate.

3.4.4 Before the Authority will grant an On-the-Job Trainee Permit to a personholding a GCAA Air Traffic Controller Licence, it will require the applicant tomeet the following requirements:

1. Successfully complete an approved ATC course of trainingappropriate to additional rating/s required, or

2. Have acted as a certified civil air traffic controller performing full timeoperational duties for a minimum period of 3 years, in the applicablerating the trainee will undergo OJT, at a civil air traffic facility underthe jurisdiction of an authority, whose ATC licensing system hasbeen deemed by the Authority as meeting the requirements laiddown in these regulations.

3.4.5 Applicants seeking issue of ratings with reference to Appendices 3.4.3.3 and3.4.4.2 shall:

1. Provide copies of their Air traffic Controller Licences; and

2. If required by the Authority, submit themselves for assessment for

previous competence by an examiner approved by the Authority; and

3. Undertake and complete that part of an approved course of trainingwhich the examiner has determined is necessary and for which it hasobtained approval from the Authority.

3.4.6 The Authority will, at its discretion and subject to an evaluation of trainingplans and facilities, ATC systems, airspace structure, operating procedures,applied standards, safety management systems and general service level,identify States and ATC units, from whom civil ATC credentials will beaccepted to meet the requirements of Appendices 3.4.3.3 and 3.4.4.2. 

Such evaluation will only be undertaken on the basis of a detailed applicationand all costs shall be borne by the applicant.

3.4.7 The ATS provider shall provide the following evidence for the issue of anOn-the-Job Training Permit:

1. Proof of the applicant’s age;

2. Certification that the applicant has successfully completed anapproved ATC course; or

3. Certification that the applicant has met the previous requirementsstated in paragraphs 3.4.3.3 and 3.4.4.2; and

4. Certification that the applicant has demonstrated at least the

 

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 130/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 4, ATS Appendix 3

4

minimum operational English Proficiency level.

3.4.8 It is the responsibility of the On-the-Job Trainee to ensure that his permit isvalid, in that it is a current permit for the applicable function and contains acurrent medical certificate.

3.4.9 The supervising controller will remain responsible at all times for the safety ofthe air traffic control service that the trainee is providing under hissupervision.

3.4.10 An On-the-Job Trainee’s Permit shall not be extended beyond a totalduration of 13 months. In cases where training has been interrupted due toexceptional circumstances, the Authority may at its discretion renew, extendor re-issue an On-the-Job Training Permit.

3.5 ATC Licences

3.5.1 A person who wishes to act as an air traffic controller in the United ArabEmirates shall be required to hold a valid Air Traffic Controller Licence issuedby the General Civil Aviation Authority.

3.5.2 To be granted an ATC Licence, the applicant shall satisfy the appropriaterequirements for age, knowledge, experience, competence, skill, linguisticability and physical and mental fitness as detailed in this section of theregulations.

Furthermore, the applicant shall only exercise the privileges of the ATCLicence at an air traffic service unit subject to the United Arab Emirates CivilAviation Regulations.

3.5.3 An applicant for initial issue of an Air Traffic Controller Licence shall meet thefollowing requirements:

1. Be not less than 21 years of age and not greater than 65 years ofage on application date; and

2. Demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Authority, the ability to speakand understand the English language, used for radiotelephonycommunications, to the level specified in the ICAO languageproficiency requirements in Attachment 1; and

3. Meet the applicable Minimum Experience Requirements (MER) forthe entry qualifications, rating and unit as detailed in Appendix 2.9and

4. Be assessed as being competent (as defined in Appendix 2.9), toprovide a specific category of air traffic control service at a particularair traffic services unit (ATSU) or sector; and;

5. Hold a current Class 3 Medical Certificate from an approved AeroMedical Examiner.

3.5.4 The ATS provider shall provide the following evidence for the issue of an AirTraffic Controller Licence:

1. Certification that the applicant has successfully completed the AUTP;or

2. Certification that the applicant has met the Minimum ExperienceRequirement (MER); and

3. A valid Certificate of Competence.

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 131/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 4, ATS Appendix 3

5

3.6 Required Knowledge, Skills and Experience 

3.6.1 The knowledge required to be demonstrated by an air traffic controller or anair traffic control trainee, shall be at an appropriate standard for a holder ofan Air Traffic Controller Licence, and include at least the following subjects:

1. Air Law;

2. Air Traffic Control Equipment;

3. General Aviation Knowledge;

4. Human Performance relevant to Air Traffic Control;

5. English Language Proficiency;

6. Meteorology;

7. Navigation; and

8. Air Traffic Control Operational Procedures.

3.6.2 The experience required shall include:

1. Experience gained while controlling under the supervision of asuitably qualified air traffic controller for a required minimum periodof time, known as the Minimum Experience Requirement (MER),before a Certificate of Competence is issued for a rating; or

2. Experience gained while training in accordance with an approvedATS unit training and assessment plan (AUTP); or

3. Experience previously gained by controllers from other Statesholding licences accepted by the Authority as detailed in Appendices3.4.3.3 and 3.4.4.2.

3.6.3 The skill and competence required shall be demonstrated by:

1. Successful completion of an approved ATC training course; and

2. Being assessed as competent (as defined in Appendix 2.9), toprovide a specific category of air traffic control service at a particularair traffic services unit (ATSU) or sector.

3.6.4 The English language proficiency requirements are defined in Appendix 3.9

3.6.5 The physical and mental fitness requirements shall be met by passing aClass 3 Medical examination.

3.6.6 Licensing and Aeromedical Department of the General Civil AviationAuthority is responsible for the issue of Air Traffic Controller Licences.

The Authority may grant a licence subject to such conditions as deemedappropriate to a person to act as an Air Traffic Controller, or as On-the-Job

Trainee, upon being satisfied that the applicant is a fit person to hold thelicence and is qualified by reasons of knowledge, experience, competence,skills, physical and mental fitness, and attitude to so act. For that purpose theapplicant shall, at his expense, furnish such evidence and undergo suchtraining, examinations and tests (including medical examinations) as theAuthority may require.

Military licences are not recognised under the provisions of Appendices3.4.3.3 and 3.4.4.2).

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 132/226

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 133/226

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 134/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 4, ATS Appendix 3

8

3.7.13 Air Traffic Controller Licences, On-the-Job Trainee Permits, Certificates ofCompetence and Medical Certificates shall be signed by the holder and filedin the ATS unit’s Licensing section.

3.7.14 The ATS Provider shall retain ATC Licenses and Medical Certificates andhave a process in place to monitor the renewal and currency requirementsfor each Licence and Medical Certificate.

3.7.15 An Air Traffic Controller Licence is not required by persons who passinstructions or advise on behalf of a controller by the use of radiotelephony(RTF) or telecommunication lines.

An ATS unit which wishes to utilize such persons shall:

1. Submit proposal/s to the Authority for approval; and

2. Such proposals shall indicate the types of messages that will bepassed and the safety implications of using such a procedure;and

3. Submit training and assessments plans to ensure that those whowill pass instructions and/or advice on the controller’s behalf arecompetent to do so and are assessed annually to ensure theyremain competent; and

4. Ensure that adequate staff resources are provided to ensure thatsuch operational staff are provided with suitable breaks duringwork shifts, with work periods not exceeding 10 hours and aminimum of 10 hours break being provided between workingshifts.

3.7.16 An Air Traffic Control Licence, complete with the Certificates of Competenceand the Medical Certificate shall be returned to the ANS Regulations sectionof the Department of Aviation Security and Infrastructure when the holderceases operational duties permanently.

Upon request from the licence holder the Authority may return the licence tothe holder.

3.8 Air Traffic Controller Ratings and Endorsements

3.8.1 Ratings of the classes outlined below may be included in an Air TrafficController Licence subject to the provisions of these Regulations. Theinclusion of a rating in a licence shall confer the privileges as set out below.

3.8.2 The following ratings, indicating the type of air traffic control service, whichthe holder is authorised to provide, may be included in an Air TrafficController Licence:

1. Aerodrome ControlThe Aerodrome Control rating shall entitle the holder of a licence, atany aerodrome for which the rating is valid, to provide an aerodromecontrol service.

2. Approach ControlThe Approach Control rating shall entitle the holder of a licence, ataerodrome(s) for which the rating is valid to provide an approachcontrol service within designated airspace up to 40 nautical milesdistant from the applicable aerodrome traffic zone(s), but not withany type of radar equipment for which a radar control rating isrequired.

3. Approach Radar Control

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 135/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 4, ATS Appendix 3

9

An Approach Radar Control rating shall entitle the holder of a licenceat aerodrome(s) for which the rating is valid to provide an approachcontrol service within designated airspace up to 40 nautical milesdistant from the applicable aerodrome traffic zone(s) with the aid ofsurveillance radar equipment for which the rating is valid.

4. Area Control Centre

Area Control Centre rating shall entitle the holder of a licence toprovide area control service within designated airspace, with andwithout the aid of radar equipment.

3.8.3 A controller who has not exercised the privileges of a rating for a period ofmore than three years, who wishes to commence training towards the issueof a Certificate of Competence in that rating, shall be required todemonstrate that he is competent to commence training under supervision.

To this end the Authority may require a controller to submit himself to suchexaminations and tests (including medical examinations) and to furnish suchevidence of his knowledge, experience, competence and skill and undergosuch courses of training as the Authority may require.

A controller’s suitability to commence training shall be assessed by the ATC

unit at which he will commence On-the-Job training.

The ATC unit shall advise the Authority if the controller has been assessedas suitable to commence training, prior to applying for an On-the-Job TraineePermit.

The level of competence to be demonstrated shall be equivalent to thatexpected of a trainee having passed an approved course of training, prior tocommencing On-the-Job training.

3.8.4 Endorsements:

1. Inspector of ATSThe Inspector of ATS endorsement shall entitle the holder of alicence to carry out appropriate activities authorised by the Authority

including, but not limited to, leading inspections and audits of ATSunits, conducting ATC examinations and leading examinationboards.

2. Rating ExaminerThe Rating Examiner endorsement shall entitle the holder of alicence to conduct ATC college examinations and lead examinationboards.

3. ATC ExaminerThe ATC Examiner endorsement shall entitle the holder of a licenceto conduct examinations for the issue and renewal of Certificates ofCompetence, at operational positions or sectors on which the holderis currently competent.

4. Local Competence Examiner (LCE)

The LCE endorsement shall entitle the holder of a licence to conductexaminations for the renewal of Certificates of Competence,including re-issues following lapses of validation of less than 12months or suspensions at operational positions or sectors on whichthe holder is currently competent.

5. ATS InstructorThe ATS Instructor endorsement shall entitle the holder of a licenceto conduct classroom training for air traffic controllers and trainees atan ATC unit.

6. OJT Instructor

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 136/226

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 137/226

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 138/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 4, ATS Appendix 3

12

4. The radar used to provide the radar service is a surveillance radar;and

5. The unit provides such additional non-radar training as is appropriateto unit procedures. This training may be undertaken either at the unitor at an ATC college providing the training under a programmeapproved by the Authority; and

6. Procedures for non-radar contingencies are assessed as part ofCertificate of Competence examinations.

7. For Approach radar units, the additional requirement that associatedaerodrome/s is/are situated in Class D airspace.

Contingency measures referred to in Appendix 3.8.14.3 are purely intendedto establish procedural, usually vertical, separation between flights undercontrol of the unit at the time of the failure, and do not include the possibilityof reverting to provision of a procedural service in the event of radar failure.Alternative arrangements to permit continued operations during periods ofradar outage should be agreed with the Authority.

3.8.15 Applicants having successfully completed a rating course without

subsequently gaining a Certificate of Competence in the rating within 12months of the course being completed, shall be assessed for previouscompetence by a Rating Examiner or an ATC Examiner and undertake suchtraining as deemed necessary to reach the level of competence tocommence On-the-Job training. An applicant who successfully completed arating course more than five years previously, without subsequently gaining aCertificate of Competence in the rating relating to the course, shall beassessed for previous competence to determine the content and duration ofthe refresher course required to be completed by the applicant, to ensurethat the knowledge and skill of the applicant is to an acceptable level for atrainee to commence operational training.

3.9 English Language Proficiency

3.9.1 All air traffic controllers and air traffic control trainees, shall be required todemonstrate an English language proficiency at the operational level, (level4) or greater. (Reference Attachment 1).

Air traffic controllers or air traffic control trainees shall be assessed, bymeans of a test acceptable to the Authority, for English language proficiencyas per the assessment methods and requirements stated in the GCAA ATCLicence Application Manual.

3.9.2 Air traffic controllers and trainees, who demonstrate an English languageproficiency at the Expert Level (Level 6), shall not be required to undergofurther evaluation unless doubt is raised at a later date, by unit managementor the Authority, as to the English proficiency level of the person.

3.9.3 Air traffic controllers and trainees, who demonstrate an English languageproficiency below the Expert Level (Level 6), shall be formally evaluated attime intervals as follows:

Those demonstrating English language proficiency at the Operational Level(Level 4), shall be formally evaluated at least once every 3 years;

Those demonstrating language proficiency at the Extended Level (Level 5),shall be formally evaluated at least once every 6 years

3.9..4 Prior to the issue of an OJT Permit for the issue of an ATC Rating, theapplicant shall demonstrate an English language proficiency at the

 

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 139/226

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 140/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 4, ATS Appendix 3

14

3.10.13 The licence holder shall not exercise the privileges of his licence until heagain holds a valid Medical Certificate.

3.10.14 ATC Service Providers who require advice on the medical aspects oflimitations imposed on licences should contact the appropriate Aero MedicalExaminer and the Authority. Service Providers who require advice on theoperational aspects of any limitations imposed on licences should contact theAuthority.

3.11 Air Traffic Controller Duty Hours And Staffing

3.11.1 The duty hours for air traffic controllers and ATC trainees shall be limited toensure so far as is reasonably possible, that controller fatigue does notimpair operational safety.

3.11.2 An air traffic controller duty hour log shall be maintained at each ATCoperational position. Controllers are responsible for ensuring that the entriesmade in the duty hour log are complete and accurate.

Unit management shall have a process in place to ensure that entries madein the duty log are complete and accurate.

3.11.3 Duty Hour Requirements shall include the following:

1. No Period of Duty shall exceed ten hours; and

2. There shall be an interval of not less than ten hours between theconclusion of one Period of Duty and the commencement of thenext Period of Duty. This interval may be reduced by up to 20minutes solely for the purpose of orderly shift handover; and

3. Not more than four Night Duties may be worked in immediatesuccession; and

4. Within 40 consecutive hours the aggregate of Periods of Dutyshall not exceed 20 hours; and

5. Within 720 consecutive hours (30 days) the aggregate of Periodsof Duty and Standby Duties shall not exceed 300 hours,provided that Periods of Duty do not exceed 200 hours. For thepurpose of this limitation, Standby Duty is calculated at 50 percent of duty time; and

6. Within 720 consecutive hours (30 days) the sum of hours ofexactly 3 separate Off Duty Periods shall total more than 168hrs;and

7. Upon the conclusion of seven Periods of Duty within 168consecutive hours (seven days), or upon Periods of Duty within168 consecutive hours reaching a total of 55 hours, whichever isthe earlier, there shall be an interval of a minimum of 60 hours

before the commencement of the next Period of Duty; and8. ATC Operational Duties shall not normally exceed 2 ½ hours.

During any 3 hour period consisting of ATC Operational Dutiesthere shall normally be at least one Break not less than 30minutes in duration.

9. The ATC Service Provider may in exceptional circumstancesincrease the Operational Duty period stated in Appendix 3.11.3.8to a maximum of 4 hours under the Modification of Limitationprovisions in Appendix 3.11.7.

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 141/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 4, ATS Appendix 3

15

3.11.4 During any calendar year there shall be not fewer than 30 calendar days oftotal holiday entitlement. At least one leave period shall be not less than 20consecutive days.

3.11.5 Each duty log shall include unit and operational position identifiers. Airtraffic controllers shall enter the following information into the log duringhandover procedures:

1. The controller identifier;

2. The date - time controller accepted handover from previouscontroller; and

3. The date - time controller completed handover to on-comingcontroller.

3.11.6 The Authority may, at its discretion, modify the limitations contained herein.Modifications may be made as a requirement of the Authority or, inexceptional or extraordinary circumstances, on the application of an ATCService Provider. In exercising its discretion to make or grant a modification,the Authority will consider all relevant operational aspects pertaining to the

unit.

3.11.7 The ATC Service Provider may in exceptional circumstances modify alimitation. Such modifications may only be made to overcome short-term andunforeseen difficulties at the unit and, having regard to the Scheme ofRegulation, may only be made if the safety and effectiveness of air trafficcontrol can be maintained.

The Authority will review the circumstances of each such modification. Forthis purpose a report on Form ANS-016 shall be submitted to the Authoritywithin 24 hours.

Modifications under this provision specifically exclude repeat modificationsand modifications due to events or conditions that could reasonably beforeseen, such as sickness amongst ATC staff, or which are periodically

recurrent.

3.11.8 Unit management shall have a process in place to oversight the controllerduty hours so that, in the event that a controller will or has worked outsidethe duty hour restrictions, the controller shall not be permitted to continueoperational duties until the duty hours requirements can be met and ifnecessary the controller has been counselled on the issue.

3.11.9 The ATC Service Provider shall maintain an adequate staff of air trafficcontrollers to provide the type(s) of air traffic control service approved by theAuthority and during the period(s) promulgated in the AIP.

The ATC Service Provider shall satisfy the Authority that the unit maintainssufficient qualified controllers to provide safe air traffic control services.Consideration will be given to the regularity of the air traffic control service in

determining whether a service is safe.

3.11.10 There shall be no possibility that users will be confused as to which servicethey are receiving because the type of service changes from day to day orhour to hour.

3.11.11 The number of operational positions, period of operation and limitation ofduty hours dictates the minimum number of validated controllers required ata unit.

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 142/226

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 143/226

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 144/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 4, ATS Appendix 3

18

should be noted that if a controller became ill and was absent for any lengthof time, this could necessitate some restriction to the operation to avoidbreaching the limitations on working hours. Hence, it would be prudent tomake such allowance.

There is some scope in Example 2 for sickness, training etc. If an allowanceof five days per controller is assumed, ‘R’ is increased to 191 and ‘C’

becomes 8.9. The rounded up figure is still 9 controllers.

3.12 Watch Rosters

3.12.1 ATC Service Providers shall meet the rostering limitations specified in thescheme for regulation of air traffic controllers’ hours in Appendix 3.11.

3.12.2 ATC Service Providers shall notify the Authority of formal rosteringarrangements of a repetitive nature only once.

ATC Service Providers who are unable to set a regular pattern of attendancefor Air Traffic Control Officers shall supply to the Authority a copy of theprepared roster at least 30 days before it is due to come into force together

with details of each month’s, or each four week period’s, roster actuallyworked.

Rosters supplied to the Authority shall indicate where they meet the variousrostering limitations specified in the scheme for regulation of air trafficcontrollers’ hours in Appendix 3.11

3.12.3 Providers of ATS shall not require controllers to carry out ancillary taskswhile they are providing operational air traffic control services unless this canbe accomplished without negative effects on safety.

Note:  An ancillary task is any task in an operational control room,which is not directly associated with the provision of air traffic control service

 

3.12.4 Providers of ATS shall make available adequate support staff to enable

controllers to carry out their duties in accordance with ICAO Annex 11, Doc4444 and the Civil Aviation Regulations.

Exceptionally, where such ancillary duties are unavoidable, the Authoritymust be satisfied that controllers will not be distracted from their primaryfunction or placed under undue pressure. These duties and the personresponsible for discharging them must be clearly identified in the unit’sLATSI.

3.12.5 Controllers may delegate some of their responsibilities to adequately trainedsupport staff (such as Flight Clerks, Air Traffic Control Assistants and AirTraffic Service Assistants) provided they do not include duties for which anAir Traffic Control licence is required. Duties that may be delegated fall intotwo categories:

1. Air Traffic Control related duties not closely associated with thesafety of aircraft (e.g. Telephone messages concerning flightdata and clearances). These duties and the person responsiblefor discharging them shall be clearly identified in the unit’sLATSI; and

2. Other duties of an administrative nature.

3.12.6 The number and disposition of support staff will depend on the complexity ofthe unit. The ATS Provider shall arrange appropriate training and shall beresponsible for the continued competency of such staff. The Authority may

 

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 145/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 4, ATS Appendix 3

19

require to be given details of the training support staff has received.

The ATS Provider shall ensure that adequate staff resources are provided toensure that such operational staff are provided with suitable breaks duringwork shifts, with work periods not exceeding 10 hours and a minimum of 10hours break being provided between working shifts. 

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 146/226

CAR

20

ATTACHMENT 1 - ICAO LANGUAGE PROFICIENCY RATING SCALELEVEL PRONUNCIATION

Assumes a dialect

and/or accentintelligible to theaeronauticalcommunity.

STRUCTURERelevant

grammaticalstructures andsentence patternsare determined bylanguage functionsappropriate to the

task.

VOCABULARY FLUENCY COM

Expert

6

Pronunciation, stress,rhythm, and

intonation, thoughpossibly influenced bythe first language orregional variation,

almost never interfere

with ease ofunderstanding.

Both basic andcomplex

grammaticalstructures and

sentence patternsare consistently well

controlled.

Vocabulary rangeand accuracy are

sufficient tocommunicate

effectively on a widevariety of familiar

and unfamiliar topics.

Vocabulary isidiomatic, nuanced,and sensitive to

register.

Able to speak at lengthwith a natural, effortlessflow. Varies speech flowfor stylistic effect, e.g. to

emphasize a point.Uses appropriate

discourse markers and

connectorsspontaneously.

Comconsisnearly

includeslingu

Extended

5

Pronunciation, stress,rhythm, and

intonation, thoughinfluenced by the firstlanguage or regional

variation, rarelyinterfere with ease of

understanding.

Basic grammaticalstructures and

sentence patternsare consistently wellcontrolled. Complex

structures areattempted but with

errors whichsometimes interfere

with meaning.

Vocabulary rangeand accuracy are

sufficient tocommunicateeffectively on

common, concrete,and work-related

topics. Paraphrasesconsistently and

successfully.

Vocabulary issometimes idiomatic.

Able to speak at lengthwith relative ease on

familiar topics but maynot vary speech flow asa stylistic device. Can

make use of appropriatediscourse markers or

connectors.

Compreon comm

work-rmostly

speaker lingui

comunexpecIs ablerange o

(dialect

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 147/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 4, ATS Appendix 3

21

Operational

4

Pronunciation, stress,rhythm, and

intonation, are

influenced by the firstlanguage or regionalvariation but only

sometimes interferewith ease of

understanding.

Basic grammaticalstructures and

sentence patterns

are used creativelyand are usually wellcontrolled. Errors

may occur,particularly in

unusual orunexpected

circumstances, butrarely interfere with

meaning.

Vocabulary rangeand accuracy are

usually sufficient to

communicateeffectively oncommon, concrete,and work-relatedtopics. Can often

paraphrasesuccessfully when

lacking vocabulary inunusual orunexpected

circumstances.

Produces stretches oflanguage at an

appropriate tempo.

There may beoccasional loss offluency on transitionfrom rehearsed or

formulaic speech tospontaneous

interaction, but this doesnot prevent effectivecommunication. Canmake limited use of

discourse markers orconnectors. Fillers are

not distracting.

Compreaccur

concrete

topics wvariety int

internatusers. Wconfron

or situatioan un

events, cbe s

clarific

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 148/226

CAR

22

LEVEL PRONUNCIATIONAssumes a dialect

and/or accent

intelligible to theaeronauticalcommunity.

STRUCTURERelevant

grammatical

structures andsentence patternsare determined bylanguage functionsappropriate to the

task.

VOCABULARY FLUENCY COMPREHE

Pre-operational

3

Pronunciation, stress,rhythm, and intonationare influenced by the

first language orregional variation and

frequently interfere withease of understanding.

Basic grammaticalstructures and

sentence patternsassociated with

predictablesituations are not

always wellcontrolled. Errors

frequently interferewith meaning.

Vocabulary rangeand accuracy areoften sufficient tocommunicate on

common, concreteor work-related

topics, but range islimited and the

word choice ofteninappropriate. Isoften unable to

paraphrasesuccessfully whenlacking vocabulary.

Produces stretchesof language, but

phrasing andpausing are often

inappropriate.Hesitations orslowness inlanguage

processing mayprevent effectivecommunication.

Fillers aresometimesdistracting.

Comprehensioaccurate on cconcrete and

related topics accent or vari

is sufficiently ifor an intern

community o

May fail to una linguistic or scomplicatiounexpected

events

Elementary

2

Pronunciation, stress,rhythm, and intonationare heavily influencedby the first language orregional variation andusually interfere with

ease of understanding.

Shows only alimited control of a

few simplememorizedgrammatical

structures andsentence patterns.

Limited vocabularyrange consistingonly of isolated

words andmemorizedphrases.

Can produce veryshort, isolated,

memorizedutterances with

frequent pausingand a distractinguse of fillers to

search for

expressions and toarticulate lessfamiliar words.

Comprehenlimited to iso

memorized pwhen they areand slowly art

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 149/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 4, ATS Appendix 3

23

Pre-elementary

1

Performs at a levelbelow the Elementary

level.

Performs at a levelbelow the

elementary level.

Performs at a levelbelow the

elementary level.

Performs at a levelbelow the

elementary level.

Performs atbelow the ele

level.

Note . – The Operational Level (Level 4) is the minimum required proficiency level for radiotelephony communications. LeElementary, and Pre-operational levels of language proficiency, respectively, all of which describe a level of proficiency

requirement. Levels 5 and 6 describe Extended and Expert levels, at levels of proficiency more advanced than the minimumwill serve as benchmarks for training and testing, and in assisting candidates to attain the ICAO Opera

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 150/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 4, ATS Appendix 4

1

4 Appendix 4: ATS Occurrence Reporting

4.1 ATS Occurrence Reporting

4.1.1 An applicant for an air traffic service certificate shall establish proceduresfor reporting of and investigating accidents, incidents and occurrences thatconform to the GCAA requirements

4.1.2 In the event of an accident, unlawful interference or serious incident in theUAE Airspace the relevant unit shall make an initial report to the GCAADuty Officer, via the reporting process, as a priority as soon as practicableafter the event containing as much of the following information as possible:

1. Aircraft identification (callsign and/or registration);

2. Aircraft type;

3. POB;

4. Nature of accident;

5. Time of accident;

6. Site of accident;

7. Broad indication of casualties;

8. Broad indication of damage to airframe(s); and

9. Impact on other traffic, and estimated duration.

Information not immediately available shall be forwarded to the GCAA DutyOfficer immediately on receipt.

Following the initial report for an accident, unlawful interference or seriousincident a complete ATS occurrence report (ANS015), shall be sent to theGCAA immediately upon completion.

4.1.3 An ATS Occurrence Report Form (ANS015), for occurrences other thanaccident, unlawful interference or serious incident in the UAE Airspace

shall be sent to Air Navigation and Aerodromes section of the Departmentof Aviation Security and Infrastructure (hereafter referred to as AirNavigation and Aerodromes) within 3 hours of the event.

Controllers or supervisors submitting an ATS Occurrence Report shallensure that information given is accurate and complete.

4.1.4 Information of an AIRPROX received from a pilot shall be transferred to theAviation Authority responsible for the FIR where the AIRPROX occurred. Ifthe AIRPROX occurred in the UAE FIR, the report shall be sent to AirNavigation and Aerodromes.

4.1.5 The following list is guidance for units as to what occurrences shall bereported to Air Navigation and Aerodromes. This list is in no wayexhaustive and any occurrence which is believed to be a flight safety issue

shall be forwarded to Air Navigation and Aerodromes for review.

1. Accident;

2. Unlawful Interference;

3. Forced landing;

4. AIRPROX;

5. Controlled flight into terrain only marginally avoided;

6. Runway incursions;

7. Failures to meet required climb gradient performances;

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 151/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 4, ATS Appendix 4

2

8. Level busts;

9. ACAS Resolution Advisory reports;

10. Emergencies or unsafe incidents including:

11. aircraft structural failures not classified as an accident;

12. engine failures;

13. any fires or smoke reported within aircraft compartments or

engine fires;

14. malfunctions of one or more aircraft systems seriouslyaffecting the operation of the flights;

15. flight crew incapacitation in flight;

16. fuel quantity requiring declaration of emergency by the pilot;

17. system failures, weather phenomena, or operations outsidethe approved flight envelope which caused significantdifficulties in controlling the aircraft;

18. tyre bursts

19. Aborted take-offs;

20. Go arounds;21. Take-off or landing incidents including undershooting,

overrunning or running off the side of runways;

22. Bird strikes;

23. Medical emergencies or reported injuries in flight; or

24. Non compliance with ATC instructions in controlled airspace.

The unit should expect a reply from Air Navigation and Aerodromes thatthe occurrence report has been received. The reply may include requestsfor information to be included in the subsequent investigation.

4.1.6 To ensure that the ATS Occurrence Report has been received, the ATSunit will receive either a closure or acceptance notification from Air

Navigation and Aerodromes. In the event a notification is not received, theATS unit shall communicate with Air Navigation and Aerodromes toconfirm receipt.

4.2 ATS Occurrence Investigation

4.2.1 The unit shall initiate investigations of accidents, incidents or occurrences.

It is the unit’s responsibility to carry out an investigation of an ATSoccurrence and present a complete investigation report along with anyother requested data to Air Navigation and Aerodromes within 7 days, orrequest an extension.

Air Navigation and Aerodromes may, at its discretion, require a GCAA ATS

Inspector to assist unit investigators, or conduct independentinvestigations.

Air Navigation and Aerodromes shall review the unit findings, conclusionsand actions and may require further or amended actions to be taken by theunit.

When investigation data is required by the Authority, the unit conductingthe investigation shall provide the data by the required date orcommunicate with the Authority to request an extension.

4.2.2 The unit investigation, including the initial investigation, shall be conductedby an impartial person. Officers potentially involved in an incident shall not

 

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 152/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 4, ATS Appendix 4

3

be involved in the conduct of the investigation.

4.2.3 In the event of an Accident, AIRPROX or serious incident, requiring aninvestigation interview of persons involved, the following procedures shallbe followed:

1. The person being interviewed shall be given the option toreview recorded audio or radar data prior to the interview; and

2. There shall be a minimum of two investigators present duringthe interview; and

3. The person being interviewed shall be given the option ofhaving an impartial witness present at the interview; and

4. Minutes of the interview shall be documented and signed by allpersons in attendance.

The interview may be recorded, subject to the approval of all present. Inthis circumstance, the recording of the interview, shall be retained with theinvestigation report.

Air Navigation and Aerodromes may require additional information to assistin reviewing the unit investigation.

4.2.4 The unit occurrence investigation shall when applicable include:

1. Copy of the Occurrence Report Form;

2. Written report/s from controller/s involved;

3. Written report from supervisor;

4. Voice tape transcript;

5. Radar data including snapshots if available;

6. Flight Plans;

7. Weather information;

8. Transcripts of interviews;

9. Copies of any relevant documents of regulations;

10. Traffic loading form;

11. The shift roster and monthly roster of the involved ATCO;

12. Any other items relevant to the investigation; and

13. A statement verifying the accuracy of recorded time stamps.

4.2.5 Any tape transcript or written report shall be signed and confirmed asaccurate by the person compiling the document.

4.2.6 An ATS transcript shall be compiled in compliance with the followingrequirements:

1. The text shall be clear, legible, and in a format suitable for sending

by email or facsimile.

2. All transcript entries shall be written using letters.

3. All transcript entries shall be written as they are pronounced on theATS recording. For example the word “NINER” should be writtenwhen the correct pronunciation is heard on the recording or “NINEif that pronunciation is heard.

4. Each transcript entry shall include the time indicated on therecording when that transmission was made.

5. Times shall be in the following format (HH:MM:SS)

6. Checks shall be made to determine any discrepancies that exist

 

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 153/226

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 154/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 4, ATS Appendix 4

5

required in relation to an ATCO who has been relieved of duty.

A relieved controller may be returned to operational duty subject to anyactions recommended in the investigation regarding the relieved controller,being completed, providing the ATS Unit investigation is verified andsigned by a person holding a valid UAE Investigator Certificate.

4.3.3 If after the initial unit investigation it is found that the controller’s actionswere correct and did not contribute to the occurrence, the unit shall, after

obtaining agreement from Air Navigation and Aerodromes, return thecontroller to operational duties.

When an ATS Unit investigation cannot be verified and signed by a personholding a valid UAE Investigator Certificate, the unit shall communicatewith an Air Navigation and Aerodromes section ATS Inspector to reachagreement on any actions recommended in the investigation, regarding therelieved controller, prior to conducting the actions and returning thecontroller to operational duty.

4.3.4 If after the initial unit investigation the unit believes the controller’s actionsdid or may have contributed to the occurrence the controller shall remainrelieved of all operational duties pending further investigation.

During the further investigation the unit shall decide on actions required to

ensure that a controller relieved of duty has the required knowledge andcompetence to rectify the cause of the error that contributed to theoccurrence.

4.3.5 Where an investigation determines that a controller’s competence is indoubt and remedial training is required, the current Certificate ofCompetence shall be withdrawn. A Certificate of Competence shall only bere-issued after the successful completion of a Certificate of Competenceexamination.

4.3.6 When ATS remedial training is required, the controller involved shall firstbe counselled with the objective of ensuring that he understands whaterrors were made, accepts ownership of his actions, and will be receptiveto training.

In cases where remedial training is required a training needs analysis shallbe carried out by the unit and documented to determine specific trainingrequirements.

4.4 ATS Occurrence Records

4.4.1 An ATS Provider shall retain unit occurrence investigation records requiredby paragraphs 34.3.7 for the period specified in 34.6.4 of Rule VIII, Subpart4.

4.5 Incident Involving Airline Operators

4.5.1 Following an aviation incident, controllers shall ensure that pilots involvedin the incident are aware that the incident has occurred and that reportingaction is being taken.

4.5.2 In the event of a serious incident, the pilot involved shall, when possible,be interviewed by an ATS unit officer to ascertain relevant details, whichmay assist in the unit investigation. The interview shall be conducted at anappropriate time, and on an appropriate private frequency orcommunication line. The interview shall be documented for inclusion in theATS unit investigation.

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 155/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 4, ATS Appendix 4

6

4.6 ATS Unit Target Levels of Safety

4.6.1 ATS Units shall define appropriate target levels of safety for the followingoccurrences, in which an ATS officer’s action were a causal factor to theincident.

1. Accidents

2. AIRPROX Category A & B3. AIRPROX Category A to D

4. Loss of Runway Separation Category A & B

5. Loss of Runway Separation Category A to D

6. Runway Incursion Category A & B

7. Runway Incursion Category A to D

8. Level Bust Category A & B

9. Level Bust Category A to D

4.6.2 The defined levels of safety shall be expressed in the two following terms:

1. Safety Performance Indicators,2. Safety Performance Targets

4.6.3 ATS units shall forward the Defined Target Levels of Safety for each of theabove incident classifications, to Air Navigation and Aerodromes foracceptance.

4.6.4 ATS Units shall conduct an analysis of Achieved Levels of Safety at theend of each calendar year. The analysis shall include a reassessment ofcurrent defined Target Levels of Safety and any required amendmentsrequired to maintain or improve safety levels. The annual Achieved SafetyAssessment analysis report, together with an action plan if required, shallbe forwarded to Air Navigation and Aerodromes before the 31 Januaryeach year.

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 156/226

CAR PART VIII Subpart 4, ATS

ATTACHMENT1

APPLICATION FOR AN ATS CERTIFICATE 

APPLICATION FOR ATS CERTIFICATE

Name of Unit

Administrative Authority

One copy of the ATS Provider’s Exposition and Operations Manual, prepared in

accordance with the Civil Aviation Regulations, is enclosed with this

application.

The Certificate will be based on the particulars contained in the ATS Provider’s

Exposition

On behalf of the Administrative Authority named above, I certify that the

information contained in the ATS Provider’s Exposition is correct in every

respect and that no relevant information has been withheld.

Name

Signature

Date

ATS Form 01:

GENERAL CIVIL AVIATION AUTHORITY

P.O. Box 6558

Abu Dhabi - UAE

GENERAL CIVIL AVIATION AUTHORITY

P.O. Box 6558

Abu Dhabi - UAE

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 157/226

CAR PART VIII Subpart 5, CNS

1

CAR PART VIII

SUBPART 5

COMMUNICATION, NAVIGATIONAND SURVEILLANCE MAINTENANCE

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 158/226

CAR PART VIII Subpart 5, CNS

 

2

CONTENTS

SECTION A GENERAL ............................................................................................................... 5 1 APPLICABILITY ....................................................................................................................... 5 2 DEFINITIONS AND ACRONYMS ........................................................................................... 6 3 COMMON REFERENCE SYSTEMS ...................................................................................... 6 

4 STANDARDS AND RECOMMENDED PRACTICES ............................................................... 6 

SECTION B CERTIFICATION PROCESS ................................................................................... 7 5 REQUIREMENTS TO HOLD A CNS MAINTENANCE CERTIFICATE ................................ 7 6 APPLICATION FOR CERTIFICATE ........................................................................................ 7 7 GRANT OF A CNS MAINTENANCE CERTIFICATE .............................................................. 7 8 PRIVILEGES OF CERTIFICATE ............................................................................................. 8 9 DURATION OF A CNS MAINTENANCE CERTIFICATE ........................................................ 8 10 RENEWAL OF CERTIFICATE ............................................................................................... 9 11 CHANGES TO A CNS MAINTENANCE CERTIFICATE HOLDER’S ORGANISATION ......... 9 12 DOCUMENTATION ............................................................................................................... 10 13 WITHDRAWAL OR TRANSFER OF SERVICE .................................................................... 10 

14 PERSONNEL REQUIREMENTS .......................................................................................... 11 

15 CNS MAINTENANCE TRAINING .......................................................................................... 12 16 SECURITY PROGRAMME ................................................................................................... 12 17 PERIODIC INSPECTION AND TESTING ............................................................................. 12 18 PROVISION OF APPROPRIATE INFRASTRUCTURE, FACILITIES AND SERVICES ...... 13 

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 159/226

CAR PART VIII Subpart 5, CNS

3

19 OPERATING APPROVAL ..................................................................................................... 16 20 IDENTIFICATION CODES AND CALLSIGNS ....................................................................... 16 21 NOTIFICATION OF AERONAUTICAL FACILITY INFORMATION ........................................ 16 22 NOTIFYING AND REPORTING INFORMATION TO AIR TRAFFIC SERVICES .................. 17 23 AERONAUTICAL FACILITY CHECK AFTER ACCIDENT OR INCIDENT ............................ 17 24 FACILITY MALFUNCTION INCIDENTS ................................................................................ 17 25 RECORDS .............................................................................................................................. 17 26 PROTECTION OF ELECTRONIC AERONAUTICAL DATA .................................................. 18 27 QUALITY ASSURANCE SYSTEM (QAS) REQUIREMENTS ................................................ 19 28 SAFETY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (SMS) REQUIREMENTS ............................................. 20 29 SAFETY INSPECTIONS AND AUDITS ................................................................................. 21 30 CNS MAINTENANCE ORGANISATION’S EXPOSITION ...................................................... 21 SECTION C MAINTENANCE MANUAL ................................................................................... 22 31 CNS MAINTENANCE ORGANISATION’S MANUAL .............................................................. 22 

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 160/226

CAR PART VIII Subpart 5, CNS

 

4

AMENDMENTS TO CAR PART VIII SUBPART 5

Initial issueNovember

2009

Introduction of Civil Aviation Regulation VIII – Subpart 5 - CNSMaintenance based upon ICAO Annex 10 Amendment 84 and ICAO

DOC 8071

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 161/226

CAR PART VIII Subpart 5, CNS

5

Section A General

1. Applicability

1.1 Civil Aviation Regulations VIII is issued by the General Civil AviationAuthority in pursuit of its obligations to ensure enforcement of accepted

international regulations and standards at ANSP units in operationwithin the United Arab emirates and to follow up their execution incoordination with the local aerodrome license holder (as applicable).

1.2 CAR Part VIII, subpart 5 has been framed in such a way that thespecifications for CNS technology can be adopted for use by CNSMaintenance service providers. The specifications contained herein areconsidered to be minimum acceptable standards

1.3 This Subpart details:

1. Operating and technical standards for CNS services andfacilities; and

2. Rules governing the certification and operation of organisations

providing CNS services in support of civil IFR flight or an airtraffic service.

1.4 Civil Aviation Regulation VIII Subpart 5 apply to the Maintenancearrangements of ANS Service providers.

These Regulations govern the certification and operation oforganisations providing a Maintenance service to ANS providers andaerodromes serving civil IFR flight, relating to any or all of the followingsafety related equipment.

1. Communication Facilities:

a. HF Air/Ground voice communication facilities;

b. VHF Air/Ground voice communication facilities;

c. Voice switching and control facilities;

d. ATS point to point communication facilities;

e. Voice and Data Recording facilities;

f. Controller Pilot Data Link Communication (CPDLC);

2. Flight information facilities;

a. Electronic briefing and flight plan lodgment service forthe use of pilots

b. Aeronautical databases used in or by a facility.

3. Aeronautical Fixed Telecommunication Network (AFTN/CIDIN)-ATCMHS

4. Dedicated Satellite Communication Network (DSCN).

5. Navigation Facilities:

a. Instrument Landing System (ILS);

b. Distance Measuring Equipment (DME);

c. VHF Omni-range (DVOR);

d. Non-directional beacons (NDB) / Locators;

e. VHF Markers.

f. GNSS related facilities.

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 162/226

CAR PART VIII Subpart 5, CNS

 

6

6. Surveillance Facilities:

a. Primary surveillance radar (PSR);

b. Secondary surveillance radar (SSR);

c. Surface movement radar (ASDE);

d. Airport Surface Movement and Guidance ControlSystem (ASMGCS);

e. Automatic dependent surveillance (ADS);

f. Multilateration systems

7. Human Machine Interface systems, including Tower Consoles,ATS;

8. Other CNS Facilities:

a. ATC Automation system consisting of;

b. Flight Data Processing system

c. Radar Data Processing system

d. Repetitive Flight Plan (RPL) System

9. Airport Terminal Information Service (ATIS);

10. Master / Slave clock system;

11. Uninterruptible and emergency power supplies;

12. Meteorological Display Systems used for ATS;

13. Meteorological sensor systems

1.5 These Regulations represent the minimum requirements to achieve anacceptable level of safety.

2 Definitions and acronyms

2.1. Definitions and acronyms are contained in Subpart 1 to CAR Part VIII.

3 Common reference systems

3.1 Horizontal reference system: World Geodetic System - 1984 (WGS-84)shall be used as the horizontal (geodetic) reference system. Reportedaeronautical geographical coordinates (indicating latitude and longitude)shall be expressed in terms of the WGS-84 geodetic reference datum.

Vertical reference system: Mean sea level (MSL) datum, which givesthe relationship of gravity-related height (elevation) to a surface knownas the geoid, shall be used as the vertical reference system.

Temporal reference system: The Gregorian calendar and CoordinatedUniversal Time (UTC) shall be used as the temporal reference system.

4 Standards and Recommended Practices

4.1. The CNS Maintenance unit shall comply with the standards andpractices contained in the applicable Civil Aviation Regulations, CivilAviation Advisory Publications, and Information Bulletins published bythe Authority. The CNS Maintenance unit shall also comply with anyconditions that may be endorsed in the CNS Maintenance ServicesCertificate.

The specifications contained herein are based upon the Standards andRecommended Practices of Annex 10 Volumes 1 - 5, to the Convention

 

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 163/226

CAR PART VIII Subpart 5, CNS

7

on International Civil Aviation in so far as they have been adopted bythe United Arab Emirates.

4.2 Guidance material applicable to these Regulations is contained in thefollowing documents:

1. Manual on Testing Radio Navigation Aids (Doc 8071)

2. Volume I - Testing of Ground-Based Radio Navigation Systems

3. Volume II - Testing of Satellite-Based Radio NavigationSystems

4. Volume III - Testing of Surveillance Radar Systems

5. Manual of Surface Movement Guidance and Control Systems(SMGCS) (Doc 9476)

6. Advanced Surface Movement Guidance and Control Systems(A-SMGCS) Manual (Doc 9830)

4.3. The methodologies and specifications contained in the above Manualsshall be considered to represent an acceptable form of complianceunless otherwise indicated by the Authority.

Section B Certification Process

5 Requirements to hold a CNS MaintenanceCertificate

5.1 No person or organisation shall provide a CNS Maintenance serviceused for supporting an ANSP unit providing air navigation services oroperate an aeronautical facility supporting IFR flight except under theauthority of, and in accordance with the provisions of, a CNSMaintenance Certificate issued under this Part.

6 Application for Certificate6.1 Each applicant for a CNS Maintenance Certificate shall complete CNS

01 form provided in Attachment 1, and submit it to the Director ofAviation Security and Infrastructure, GCAA.

6.2. In the interests of aviation safety, only one certificate relating to theprovision of a CNS Maintenance service for the same equipment at thesame location shall be current at any time.

6.3 The submission shall include the exposition and manual required byparagraphs 30 and 31, and payment of the appropriate application feespecified by the GCAA Board under Article 10.7 of the GCAA Law.

7 Grant of a CNS Maintenance Certificate

7.1. Each applicant is entitled to a CNS Maintenance service certificate if;

1. The applicant meets the requirements of Section B of the Rule;and

2. The applicant and persons holding positions listed in paragraph14. 1.1 to 14.1.3 inclusive are acceptable to the Authority; and

3. The organisation’s exposition as required by paragraph 31 isacceptable to the Authority; and

4. The organisation’s CNS Maintenance manual, as required by

 

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 164/226

CAR PART VIII Subpart 5, CNS

 

8

paragraph 32 is acceptable to the Authority.

5. The Authority is satisfied that the granting of the certificate isnot contrary to the interests of aviation safety.

7.2. Before granting a CNS Maintenance Certificate, the Authority must besatisfied that:

1. The unit facilities, services and equipment are in accordancewith these Regulations and other relevant ICAO standards andrecommended practices; and

2. The CNS Manual prepared for the applicant’s unit andsubmitted with the application along with any applicable feecontains all the relevant information; and

3. The unit’s operating procedures make satisfactory provision forthe safety of aircraft; and

4. The applicant will be able to competently operate and maintainthe unit properly.

7.3. The Authority may refuse to grant a CNS Maintenance Certificate to anapplicant.

8 Privileges of Certificate

8.1 A CNS Maintenance Certificate shall specify the aeronautical facilitiesthat the certificate holder is authorised to provide in support of IFR flightor an ANSP unit.

8.2 The holder of a CNS Maintenance Certificate may operate any of theaeronautical facility types specified on the holder’s certificate provided:

1. Each aeronautical facility operated is listed in the certificateholder’s exposition; or

2. If the aeronautical facility is not listed in the exposition, itsoperation is for site test purposes controlled by the procedures

required under paragraph 18.4; and3. Where necessary for the safety of aircraft operations, the holder

of a CNS Maintenance Certificate establishes and appropriatelypromulgates any limitations on the use of the system orservices maintained by the holder’s organisation. Theselimitations shall be documented in Part 1 of the CNSMaintenance Manual.

9 Duration of a CNS Maintenance Certificate

9.1. A CNS Maintenance Certificate may be granted or renewed for a periodof up to five years.

A CNS Maintenance Certificate remains in force until it expires, or is

suspended or revoked.

The holder of a CNS Maintenance Certificate that expires or is revokedshall surrender the certificate to the Authority immediately.

The holder of a CNS Maintenance Certificate that is suspended shallproduce the certificate to the Authority for appropriate endorsementimmediately.

The validity of the Certificate is based upon the continued operation inaccordance with Civil Aviation Regulations, Civil Aviation AdvisoryPublications, and Information Bulletins as published by the Authority.

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 165/226

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 166/226

CAR PART VIII Subpart 5, CNS

 

10

11.7 Where any of the changes referred to in paragraph 11.3 requires anamendment to the certificate, the certificate holder shall forward thecertificate to the Director, Aviation Security and Infrastructure as soonas practicable.

11.8 The certificate holder shall make such amendments to the holder’s CNSMaintenance Manual as the Director, Aviation Security andInfrastructure may consider necessary in the interests of aviation safety.

12 Documentation

12.1 The applicant for a CNS Maintenance Service certificate shall holdcopies of the CNS Maintenance Service Manual, relevant technicalmanuals and all other documents necessary for the provision andoperation of the services listed in its exposition.

12.2 The applicant shall establish a procedure to control all thedocumentation required by paragraph 12.1, and any other applicableRule Part. The procedure shall ensure that – 

1. Appropriate arrangements are in place to ensure receipt ofamendments to documents held by the unit; and

2. All incoming documentation is reviewed and actioned asrequired by authorised personnel; and

3. All documentation is reviewed and authorised before issue; and

4. Current issues of all relevant documentation are available topersonnel at all locations where they need access to suchdocumentation for the provision and operation of CNSMaintenance services; and

5. All obsolete documentation is promptly removed from all pointsof issue or use; and

6. Any obsolete documents retained as archives are suitablyidentified as obsolete; and

7. The current version of each item of documentation can beidentified to preclude the use of out of date documents; and

8. A regular document audit is made of the amendment status ofcontrolled documents held on the unit.

13 Withdrawal or Transfer of Service

13.1 A CNS Maintenance Certificate holder shall give the Director AviationSecurity and Infrastructure not less than 3 months written notice of thedate on which the Certificate is to be surrendered, and include in thatnotice a summary of factors considered in arriving at the decision towithdraw the service, in order that suitable promulgation action can betaken.

The Director Aviation Security and Infrastructure will cancel theCertificate on the date specified in the notice.

13.2 The Director Aviation Security and Infrastructure may approve, andissue an instrument of transfer of a CNS Maintenance Certificate to atransferee where:

The current holder of the CNS Maintenance Certificate notifies theDirector Aviation Security and Infrastructure in writing at least 3 monthsbefore ceasing to operate the unit, that the current holder will cease tooperate the unit as of the date specified in the notice;

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 167/226

CAR PART VIII Subpart 5, CNS

11

The current holder of the CNS Maintenance Certificate notifies theDirector Aviation Security and Infrastructure in writing, the name of thetransferee;

The transferee applies to the Director Aviation Security andInfrastructure on form CNS 01, at least 3 months before the currentholder of the CNS Maintenance Certificate ceases to operate the unit,for the issuance of a CNS Maintenance Certificate;

The application required in paragraph 13.2.3 meets the requirements ofparagraph 6.1

13.3 The holder of a CNS Maintenance service certificate who is theoutgoing provider of a CNS service shall not hinder the preparation andexecution of the transitional arrangements required by paragraph 13.4.

13.4 The applicant for a CNS Maintenance service certificate intending toassume responsibility for providing any CNS maintenance service froman existing certificate holder, shall include with its application, full detailsof transitional arrangements endorsed by the Heads of CNS of bothorganisations.

14 Personnel Requirements14.1 The applicant for a CNS Maintenance Service certificate shall engage,

employ or contract:

1. A Head of CNS Maintenance who;

a. has the authority within the applicant’s organisation toensure that each CNS Maintenance service listed in itsexposition can be financed and provided in accordancewith the requirements of this Part; and

b. is responsible for ensuring that the organisationcomplies with the requirements of this Subpart; and

2. A Head of training responsible for ensuring that the

organisation complies with the training requirements of thisPart; and

3. An accountable manager responsible for the provision of asafety management system according to the requirements ofCAR Part X; and

4. Sufficient personnel to manage, supervise, provide and supportthe CNS Maintenance service and any associated training orassessment listed in the applicant’s exposition, plus meet therequirements of CAR Part X to develop and maintain aneffective SMS.

Qualifications and experience details for the persons nominated by theapplicant for the positions listed in paragraphs 14.1.1 to 14.1.3 inclusiveshall be forwarded to the Authority for acceptance prior to the person

being named in that position by the applicant.

The persons listed in paragraphs 14.1.2 to 14.1.4 inclusive above shallultimately be responsible to the Head of CNS Maintenance.

14.2 An applicant for a CNS Maintenance Service certificate shall establishprocedures to:

1. Ensure the competence of those personnel who – 

a. provide the CNS Maintenance services listed in theapplicant’s exposition; and

b. supervise personnel providing CNS Maintenance

 

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 168/226

CAR PART VIII Subpart 5, CNS

 

12

services listed in the exposition; and

c. provide training and assessment for those staffproviding the CNS Maintenance services listed in theexposition; and

2. Provide personnel listed in paragraph 14.2.1 with writtenevidence of the scope of their authorisation; and

3. Ensure that no person whose function is critical to the safety of

aviation (safety sensitive personnel) shall undertake thatfunction while under the influence of any psychoactivesubstance, by reason of which human performance is impairedand that they shall not engage in any problematic use ofsubstances.

15 CNS Maintenance Training

15.1 An applicant for a CNS Maintenance Certificate shall establishprocedures and programmes for the training and assessment of thosestaff who provide the CNS Maintenance services.

16 Security Programme

16.1 An applicant for a CNS Maintenance service certificate shall establish asecurity programme for the facilities listed in the applicant’s exposition.

16.2 The security programme required under paragraph 16.1 shall specifythe physical security requirements, practices, and procedures to befollowed to:

1. Minimise the risk of destruction of, damage to, or interferencewith the operation of any aeronautical facility operated underthe authority of the CNS Maintenance Service certificate; and

2. Protect personnel on duty.

Where relevant, signs warning of hazardous radiation shall be erected

at appropriate locations.

16.3 The security programme required under paragraph 16.2 shall includesuch physical security requirements, practices and procedures as maybe considered necessary by the applicant and the Director, AviationSecurity and Infrastructure.

17 Periodic Inspection and Testing

17.1 An applicant for a CNS Maintenance Service certificate shall establish aprocedure for the periodic inspection and testing of the aeronauticalfacilities listed in the applicant’s exposition to verify that eachaeronautical facility meets the applicable operational requirements andperformance specifications for that facility.

17.2 The procedure required under paragraph 17.1 shall—

1. Include ground inspections and tests and, where necessary,flight tests; and

2. Include the criteria for establishing or changing the intervalbetween the periodic tests for each aeronautical facility listed inthe exposition, having regard to—

a. any applicable information published by ICAO; and

b. any applicable reliability data for the aeronautical

 

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 169/226

CAR PART VIII Subpart 5, CNS

13

facility; and

c. information on the proven reliability performance of theaeronautical facility, and of similar aeronauticalfacilities, and the stability of the aeronautical facilities. 

3. Ensure that the grounds for establishing or changing theinterval between the periodic tests for each aeronautical facilitylisted in the applicant’s exposition are documented.

17.3 An applicant for a CNS Maintenance service certificate shall establish – 

1. A programme of periodic ground inspections for eachaeronautical facility listed in the applicant’s exposition; and

2. A programme of periodic ground tests for each aeronauticalfacility listed in the applicant’s exposition; and

3. A programme of periodic flight testing and flight calibration foreach radio navigation aid listed in the applicant’s expositionunless the applicant can establish from the criteria underparagraph 17.2 that periodic ground tests can replace theperiodic flight tests for the particular aeronautical facility withoutaffecting the safety of air navigation.

17.4 The programmes required by paragraphs 17.3.2 and 17.3.3 shall bebased on the criteria required under paragraph 17.2.2 and shall specifythe maximum interval between the tests for each aeronautical facility.

17.5 The design and application of the Maintenance programme shouldobserve Human Factors principles.

17.6 A holder of a CNS Maintenance Service certificate shall notify theDirector, Aviation Security and Infrastructure, of any radio navigation aidthat is not subjected to periodic flight tests

18 Provision of Appropriate Infrastructure, Facilities

and Services18.1 The CNS Maintenance unit shall ensure that the systems, equipment,

installations and services required for the ANS service provider or theairport are commensurate with the level of service and appropriate tomeet agreed target levels of safety as determined in the safetymanagement system.

The requirements shall comply with the minimum specifications outlinedin paragraph 4 and or ICAO Annex 10 as applicable.

18.2 An applicant for a CNS Maintenance Service certificate shall establisha procedure to ensure that no aeronautical facility listed in theapplicant’s exposition is placed into operational service unless—

1. The person placing the aeronautical facility into operationalservice is assessed as competent and authorised according tothe procedures required under paragraph 14.2; and

2. The appropriate checks detailed in the operating andmaintenance instructions required under paragraph 32 havebeen carried out to verify the performance of the aeronauticalfacility; and

3. The aeronautical facility record has been completed accordingto the procedures required under paragraph 26.

18.3 The CNS Maintenance unit shall establish procedures to ensure that:

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 170/226

CAR PART VIII Subpart 5, CNS

 

14

1. The systems, equipment, installations and services required forthe ANS service provider or aerodrome operator arecommensurate with the level of service and appropriate to meetagreed target levels of safety as determined in the safetymanagement system; and

2. Each aeronautical facility listed in the applicant’s exposition-

a. is designed, installed and commissioned to meet theapplicable operational specification for that facility; and

b. conforms with the applicable system characteristics andspecification standards prescribed in ICAO Annex 10,Volumes I, III and IV; and

c. conforms with the applicable specifications andrequirements of paragraph 4; and

d. has been allocated an identification code or callsign, ifa code or callsign is required under paragraph 20.

3. Information on the operational status of each radio navigationaid listed in the applicant’s exposition, that is essential for thetake-off, approach and landing at an aerodrome, is provided tomeet the operational requirements of – 

a. the ATC unit providing an aerodrome control service forthat aerodrome while that service is being provided;and

b. the ATC unit providing an approach control service forthat aerodrome while that service is being provided;

c. the aerodrome operator where no ATC unit is involved,or the ATC unit is no longer on duty.

4. Each aeronautical facility listed in the applicant’s exposition isinstalled with suitable power supplies and means to ensurecontinuity of operation appropriate to the needs of the ATC unitor radio navigation service being supported; and

5. Each aeronautical facility listed in the applicant’s exposition is

installed in accordance with the security programme requiredunder paragraph 16 to minimise any risk of destruction, damageor interference with the operation of the facility; and

6. When necessary to ensure the integrity of the signal in space ofall radio navigation aids, protected by written agreements withthe site owner, aerodrome operator and ATC unit, asappropriate, to ensure that site restrictions are not infringed bybuildings, fences, vehicles, machinery or aircraft; and

7. Any critical site area of any aeronautical facility listed in theapplicant’s exposition is – 

a. clearly identified on the site drawings for theaeronautical facility; and

b. physically protected by suitable signposts on the site;and

8. A list of which facilities and systems shown in paragraph 1.4 ofthis subpart is maintained by the applicant’s organisation isprovided to the Director of Aviation Security and Infrastructure,and to maintain this list.

18.4 An applicant for a CNS Maintenance Service certificate who intends tooperate a temporary aeronautical facility to carry out on site tests shallestablish a procedure for carrying out these tests.

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 171/226

CAR PART VIII Subpart 5, CNS

15

18.5 The procedure required under paragraph 18.4 shall require that—

1. The operation of the temporary facility does not cause anyinterference with any other operating aeronautical facility; and

2. Appropriate information regarding the operation of thetemporary facility is forwarded to the provider of the AIS for theissue of a NOTAM, and if appropriate, the publication of a

Supplement to the AIP; and3. An appropriate NOTAM has been issued.

18.6 An applicant for a CNS Maintenance Service certificate shall ensurethat appropriate inspection, measuring and test equipment is availablefor personnel to maintain the operation of each aeronautical facilitylisted in the applicant’s exposition.

18.7 An applicant for a CNS Maintenance Service certificate shall establish aprocedure to control, calibrate and maintain all the inspection,measuring and test equipment required under paragraph 18.6 to ensurethat each item of equipment has the precision and accuracy that isnecessary for the measurement and tests to be performed.

18.8 The procedure required under paragraph 18.7 shall require that eachitem of test equipment required for the measurement of criticalperformance parameters is—

1. Calibrated before use and at prescribed intervals with thecalibration traceable to an appropriate international standard ormanufacturers recommended interval; and

2. Identified with a suitable indicator to show its calibration status;and

3. Controlled to – 

a. safeguard against adjustments that would invalidate thecalibration setting; and

b. ensure that the handling, preservation and storage ofthe test equipment are such that its accuracy andfitness for use is maintained.

18.9 If hardware and software systems are used for the performance testingof any aeronautical facility, the procedures under paragraph 18.7 shallrequire the functions of those testing systems to be checked beforebeing released for use and at prescribed intervals, to establish thatthose testing systems are capable of verifying the true performance ofthe aeronautical facility.

18.10 An applicant for a CNS Maintenance Service certificate shall establish aprocedure to ensure that equipment spares shall be—

1. Maintained at a level appropriate to the level of service desired;

and

2. Be stored under suitable environmental conditions.

Spares having a lifetime, or requiring regular Maintenance or calibrationshall be suitably identified to that effect.

18.11 An applicant for a CNS Maintenance Service certificate shall establishprocedures for the control, repair and return to service of equipment ormodules. The procedures shall show which modules may be repairedon-site and which should be returned to the manufacturer or recognizedrepair facility.

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 172/226

CAR PART VIII Subpart 5, CNS

 

16

19 Operating Approval

19.1 An applicant for a CNS Maintenance Service certificate shall establish aprocedure to ensure that, in addition to the requirements of paragraph29 with respect to the SMS, approval for changes to equipment andsystems is received from the Director, Aviation Security andInfrastructure prior to introduction into service, according o the CAAP 25

approval process.

20 Identification Codes and Callsigns

20.1 An applicant for a CNS Maintenance Service certificate shall establishprocedures to ensure that no person associated with facilitiesmaintained by the applicant’s organisation shall operate:

1. A radio navigation aid unless it has been allocated anidentification code by the Authority under paragraph 20.1.3; or

2. A radio communication transmitter on an aeronautical radiofrequency unless it has been allocated authorised by theTelecommunication Regulation Authority (TRA).

The Authority may allocate an identification code for a radio navigationaid or a callsign for a radio communication transmitting aeronauticalfacility if the Director, Aviation Security and Infrastructure is satisfiedthat the allocation of a code or callsign is not contrary to the interests ofaviation safety.

Codes and Callsigns in place at the date this Subpart becomeseffective, shall remain effective.

21 Notification of Aeronautical Facility Information

21.1 A person operating an aeronautical facility must establish procedures toensure that:

1. Information concerning any change in the operational status of

the aeronautical facility and information on the operationaldetails of the aeronautical facility, is forwarded to the operatorof the aeronautical facility; and

2. The Director, Security and Infrastructure is notified if incorrectinformation has been published.

21.2 An applicant for a CNS Maintenance Service certificate shall establish aprocedure to ensure that the requirements of paragraph 21.1 are metfor each applicable aeronautical facility listed in the applicant’sexposition.

21.3 Validation and verification procedures required under paragraphs 21.1and 22.2 shall include a means to confirm that – 

1. Information to be issued as part of the integrated AIP shall bethoroughly checked and coordinated with the appropriateservices before it is submitted to the AIS, in order to ensure thatall necessary information has been included and that it iscorrect prior to distribution; and

2. Any change of a temporary nature to the operational status ofthe aeronautical facility has been promulgated by NOTAM.

21.4 Information provided by the CNS Maintenance organisation shall meetthe requirements of the UAE AIP sections: GEN 2.5, ENR 4.1, 4.2, 4.3

 

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 173/226

CAR PART VIII Subpart 5, CNS

17

AD 2.18, 2.19, 3.17, 3.18 as detailed in Appendix 1 to ICAO Annex 15.

22 Notifying and Reporting Information to Air TrafficServices

22.1 A CNS Maintenance unit shall establish procedures to report significantinformation relating to the operational status of any facility or service

that may affect the safety of air navigation to the relevant Air TrafficService Unit.

22.2 Information requiring immediate notification to the Air Traffic Serviceunit include:

1. Failure or irregular operation of part or all of the CNS systems;and

2. Failure of the normal or secondary power supply.

23 Aeronautical Facility Check after Accident orIncident

23.1 An applicant for a CNS Maintenance Service certificate must establish aprocedure to check and accurately record the operating condition of anyaeronautical facility operated under the authority of the certificate, thatmay have been used by an aircraft, or an air traffic service, that isinvolved in an accident or incident.

23.2 The procedure required by paragraph 23.1 shall require that—

1. The check of the aeronautical facility’s operating condition iscarried out as soon as practicable after notification to the holderof the CNS Maintenance service certificate of the accident orincident; and

2. The record of that check, and the recorded history of theaeronautical facility, is kept secure for possible use by any

subsequent accident or incident investigation; and

3. The records required to be secured under paragraph 23.2 areretained for a period of 3 years from the date of the last entrymade on that record.

24 Facility Malfunction Incidents

24.1 An applicant for a CNS Maintenance Service certificate shall establishprocedures to – 

1. Notify, investigate and report facility malfunction incidents inaccordance with the requirements of paragraph 27.1; and

2. Implement corrective actions to eliminate the cause of a facility

malfunction incident and prevent its recurrence.

25 Records

25.1 An applicant for a CNS Maintenance Service certificate shall establishprocedures to identify, collect, index, store, maintain and dispose of therecords that are necessary to record the – 

1. Safe provision of the CNS Maintenance Services; and

2. Safe operation of each aeronautical facility listed in theapplicant’s exposition.

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 174/226

CAR PART VIII Subpart 5, CNS

 

18

25.2 The procedures required under paragraph 25.1 shall require thataccurate records of the following are maintained:

1. For each aeronautical facility, a record—

a. documenting the operating performance of theaeronautical facility; and

b. providing a history of the maintenance and the periodicinspections and tests of the aeronautical facility that aretraceable to the person or persons responsible for eachof the recorded activities; and

2. Of the establishment of, or change in, the periodic testsrequired under paragraph 17.1; and

3. For each item of test equipment required under paragraph 18.6that is used for the measurement of an aeronautical facility’scritical performance parameters, a record that includes atraceable history of the location, maintenance and thecalibration checks for the item of test equipment ; and

4. For each aeronautical facility and item of test equipment, arecord of the build and configuration state, updated wheneverchanges or modifications are made. All modifications shall be

accurately documented and cross referenced to modificationstrikes or numbers on the equipment.

5. For each facility malfunction incident a record that includes:

a. details of the nature of the malfunction; and

b. the findings of the investigation; and

c. the corrective actions taken; and

d. if applicable, a copy of the report submitted to theAuthority; and

e. a record of each internal audit required underparagraph 27.1.6 and of each management reviewrequired under paragraph 27.1.7 and

6. For each person who is authorised in accordance withparagraph 14.2 to place aeronautical facility into operationalservice, a record that includes details of the person’sexperience, qualifications, training, competency assessmentsand current authorisations.

25.3 The procedures required under paragraph 25.1 shall require—

1. All written records to be legible and of a permanent nature; and

2. All aeronautical facility records required under paragraph 25.2to be retained for a period of at least 3 years unless a longerperiod is required—

a. by the Authority; or

b. to establish a performance history for the aeronauticalfacility.

25.4 A CNS Maintenance unit shall provide statistical information to theDirector Aviation Security and Infrastructure to ensure monitoring ofSMS performance over time. Information detailed in CAAP X.

26 Protection of Electronic Aeronautical data

26.1 An applicant for a CNS Maintenance Service certificate shall establish 

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 175/226

CAR PART VIII Subpart 5, CNS

19

procedures to ensure that the protection of electronic aeronautical datawhile stored or in transit shall be totally monitored by the cyclicredundancy check (CRC).

To achieve protection of the integrity level of critical and essentialaeronautical data as specified below, a 32 or 24 bit CRC algorithm shallapply respectively.

To achieve protection of the integrity level of routine aeronautical data

as specified below and in Appendix 6 of ICAO Annex 4, a 16 bit CRCalgorithm shall apply.

1. Critical data, integrity level 1 × 10-8

: there is a high probabilitywhen using corrupted critical data that the continued safe flightand landing of an aircraft would be severely at risk with thepotential for catastrophe;

2. Essential data, integrity level 1 × 10-5

: there is a low probabilitywhen using corrupted essential data that the continued safeflight and landing of an aircraft would be severely at risk withthe potential for catastrophe; and

3. Routine data, integrity level 1 × 10-3

: there is a very lowprobability when using corrupted routine data that the continued

safe flight and landing of an aircraft would be severely at riskwith the potential for catastrophe.

27 Quality Assurance System (QAS) Requirements

27.1 The applicant for a CNS Maintenance Service certificate shall establishan internal quality assurance system (QAS) to ensure compliance with,and the adequacy of, the procedures required by these Regulations.The QAS shall, include – 

1. A quality assurance policy and procedures that are relevant tothe applicant’s organisational goals and the expectations andneeds of its customers; and

2. Procedures to ensure that data at any moment is traceable to

its origin so as to allow any data anomalies or errors, detectedduring maintenance phases or in operational use, to becorrected; and

3. Procedures to ensure quality indicators, including equipmentavailabilities, malfunctions, faults, and personnel and customerfeedback, are monitored to identify existing problems orpotential causes of problems within the system; and

4. A procedure for corrective action to ensure existing problemsthat have been identified within the system are corrected; and

5. A procedure for preventive action to ensure that potentialcauses of problems that have been identified within the systemare remedied; and

6. An internal quality audit programme to audit the applicant’sorganisation for conformity with its quality assurance system;and

7. Management review procedures that may, where appropriate,include the use of statistical analysis, to ensure the continuingsuitability and effectiveness of the internal quality assurancesystem in satisfying the requirements of this Subpart.

27.2 The internal quality audit programme shall:

1. Specify the frequency and location of the audits taking intoaccount the nature of the activity to be audited; and

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 176/226

CAR PART VIII Subpart 5, CNS

 

20

2. Ensure audits are carried out by trained auditing personnel whoare independent of those having direct responsibility for theactivity being audited; and

3. Ensure the results of audits are reported to the personnelresponsible for the activity being audited and the managerresponsible for internal audits; and

4. Require preventive or corrective action to be taken by thepersonnel responsible for the activity being audited if problemsare found by the audit; and

5. Ensure follow up audits to review the effectiveness of anypreventive or corrective action taken.

6. All audit findings and observations shall be evidenced andproperly recorded.

28 Safety Management System (SMS) Requirements

28.1 An applicant for a CNS Maintenance Service certificate shall establish asafety management system acceptable to the GCAA that, as aminimum – 

1. Identifies safety hazards,2. Ensures that remedial action necessary to maintain an

acceptable level of safety is implemented,

3. Provides for continuous monitoring and regular assessment ofthe safety level achieved, and

4. Aims to make continuous improvements to the overall level ofsafety.

A safety management system shall clearly define lines of safetyaccountability throughout the CNS Maintenance Service organisation,including a direct responsibility for safety on the part of seniormanagement.

For compliance requirements refer to CAR Part X, Safety Management

Systems (SMS) Regulations.

28.2 A CNS Maintenance Service provider shall ensure that any significantchange to the aeronautical facility system, shall be subject to a safetyassessment, indicating that an acceptable level of safety shall be met,prior to implementation.

User consultation shall form part of the safety assessment.

The safety assessment shall be presented to, and accepted by, theANS Regulation section of the Aviation Security and InfrastructureDepartment of the GCAA prior to implementation of the change

28.3 A CNS Maintenance Service provider shall, as part of their SMS,establish target levels of safety/key performance indicators for at least

the following safety areas:

1. Aeronautical facility reliability,

2. MTBO,

3. Others (to be determined)

28.4 The safety policy procedures shall ensure that the safety policy isunderstood, implemented, and maintained at all levels of theorganization.

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 177/226

CAR PART VIII Subpart 5, CNS

21

28.5 The procedure for corrective action shall specify how:

1. To correct an existing problem; and

2. To follow up a corrective action to ensure the action is effective;and

3. Management will measure the effectiveness of any correctiveaction taken.

28.6 The procedure for preventive action shall specify how:

1. To correct a potential problem; and

2. To follow up a preventive action to ensure the action iseffective; and

3. To amend any procedure required by this Regulation as a resultof a preventive action; and

4. Management will measure the effectiveness of any preventiveaction taken.

29 Safety Inspections and Audits

29.1 The Director Aviation Security and Infrastructure may, in writing, requirethe holder of CNS Maintenance certificate to undergo or carry out suchinspections and audits of the holder’s maintenance offices, facilities,documents and records as the Director consider necessary in theinterests of civil aviation safety and security in accordance with Article7.10 of the GCAA Law.

29.2 The Director Aviation Security and Infrastructure may require from theholder of a CNS maintenance certificate such information as theDirector considers relevant to the inspection or audit.

29.3 A CNS Maintenance unit shall arrange for the issue of permanentsecurity passes to personnel authorised by the Authority to enable

access to any part of the unit, tenant company premises, equipment,records, documents and operator’s personnel.

29.4 Personnel authorised by the Authority may:

1. Inspect and carry out tests on the facilities, services andequipment; and

2. Inspect CNS Maintenance unit’s documents and records andverify the CNS Maintenance unit’s safety management systembefore the CNS Maintenance Certificate is granted or renewed,and at any other time, for the purpose of ensuring safety at theunit; and

3. Take photographs of the unit facilities and equipment, forcertification, audit and approval purposes.

30 CNS Maintenance Organisation’s Exposition

30.1 The applicant for a CNS Maintenance service certificate shall providethe Authority with an exposition containing – 

1. A statement signed by the Head of CNS Maintenance on behalfof the applicant’s organisation confirming that the expositionand any included manuals – 

a. define the organisation and demonstrate its means andmethods for ensuring ongoing compliance with this and

 

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 178/226

CAR PART VIII Subpart 5, CNS

 

22

any other applicable Part; and

b. are required to be complied with by its personnel at alltimes; and

2. A statement signed by the Head of CNS Maintenance on behalfof the applicant’s organisation confirming that:

3. the organisation has sufficient financial strength to provide theservices contained within the organisation’s exposition; and

4. the organisation has sufficient liability and insurance cover tomeet any claims that could be made relating to the servicescontained within the organisation’s exposition; and

5. The titles and names of the person or persons required byparagraphs 14.1.1 to 14.1.3. inclusive; and

6. The duties and responsibilities of the person or personsspecified in paragraph 30.1.3, including matters for which theyhave responsibility to deal directly with the Authority on behalfof the organisation; and

7. An organisation chart showing lines of responsibility of thepersons specified in paragraph 30.1.3, and extending to eachlocation listed under paragraph 30.1. 6.a; and

8. In the case of an organisation providing CNS Maintenanceservices from more than one CNS Maintenance unit, a tablelisting – 

a. locations of CNS Maintenance units; and

b. the services provided at each location; and

9. Details of the applicant’s staffing structure for each CNSMaintenance unit; and

10. A document matrix detailing where the requirements ofparagraphs 11 to 29 are contained within the organisation’soperational manuals.

11. Procedures to control, amend and distribute the exposition.

30.2 The applicant’s exposition must be acceptable to the Director, AviationSecurity and Infrastructure.

Section C Maintenance Manual

31 CNS Maintenance Organisation’s Manual

31.1 The applicant for a CNS Maintenance Certificate shall provide a CNSmaintenance manual containing the following:

1. Part 1: General2. Part 2: Documentation

3. Part 3: Maintenance

4. Part 4: Maintenance Support

5. Part 5: Personnel

6. Part 6: Particulars required for inclusion in the AeronauticalInformation Publication(AIP)

The CNS Maintenance Manual is a fundamental requirement of thecertification process. It shall contain all the pertinent information

 

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 179/226

CAR PART VIII Subpart 5, CNS

23

concerning the CNS Maintenance unit, facilities, services, equipment,operating procedures, organisation, and management including safetymanagement system. The safety management system may be acomponent part of the safety management system required by theANSP or aerodrome. The information presented in the CNSMaintenance Manual shall demonstrate that the CNS Maintenance unitcomplies with the certification standards and practices and that thereare no apparent shortcomings that would adversely affect safety

31.2 The CNS Maintenance Manual shall:

1. Be either an electronic version or printed and signed by theaccountable manager responsible for the CNS Maintenanceunit;

2. Be in a format that is easy to revise;

3. Have a system for recording the currency of pages andamendments, thereto, and should include a page for loggingrevisions; and

4. Be organised in a manner that will facilitate the preparation,review and approval process.

31.3 Within the sections referred to in paragraph 31.1, the Manual shallcontain the following:

1. The procedures required by paragraph 12.2 regarding thecontrol of documentation; and

2. The procedures required by paragraph 13.2 regarding thetransfer process between providers of the CNS MaintenanceService; and

3. The procedures required by paragraph 14.2 regarding thecompetence of personnel; and

4. The procedures and programmes required by paragraph 15.1regarding the training and assessment of personnel; and

5. The programme required by paragraph 16.2 regarding securityof the facilities; and

6. The procedures required by paragraph 17.1 regarding theperiodic inspection and testing; and

7. The programmes required by paragraph 17.3 regarding periodicinspections and tests; and

8. The procedures required by paragraph 18.2 regarding theplacing of equipment into operational service

9. The procedures required by paragraph 18.3; and

10. The procedures required by paragraph 18.4 regarding theoperation of temporary facilities for site tests; and

11. The procedures required by paragraph 18.7 regarding thecontrol, calibration and maintenance of inspection, measuringand test equipment; and

12. The procedures required by paragraph 18.10 regarding theprovision of equipment spares; and

13. The procedures required by paragraph 18.11 regarding thecontrol, repair and return to service of equipment or modules;and

14. The procedures required by paragraph 19.1 regarding therequirement to obtain operational approval for changes toequipment or systems; and

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 180/226

CAR PART VIII Subpart 5, CNS

 

24

15. The procedures required by paragraph 20.1 regarding theallocation requirements for codes or Callsigns; and

16. The procedures required by paragraph 21.2 regarding the AISnotification requirements; and

17. The procedures required by paragraph 22.1 regarding the ATSnotification requirements; and

18. The procedures required by paragraph 22.3 regarding the

validation and verification of information; and

19. The procedures required by paragraph 23.1 regarding facilitychecking after an accident or incident; and

20. The procedures required by paragraph 24.1 regarding thenotification, investigation, and reporting of facility malfunctions;and

21. The procedures required by paragraph 25.1 regarding theidentification, collection, indexing, storage, maintenance anddisposal of records; and

22. The procedures required by paragraph 26.1 regarding theprotection of electronic aeronautical data; and

23. The detailed procedures required under paragraph 27.1regarding the internal quality assurance system; and

24. The detailed procedures required under paragraph 28.1regarding the safety management system; and

25. The detailed procedures required under paragraph 30.9regarding the control amendment and distribution of theexposition.

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 181/226

CAR PART VIII Subpart 5, CNS

25

ATTACHMENT1

APPLICATION FOR A CNS CERTIFICATE 

APPLICATION FOR CNS MAINTENANCE CERTIFICATE

Name of Unit

Administrative Authority

One copy of the CNS Organisation’s Exposition and Maintenance Manual,

prepared in accordance with the Civil Aviation Regulations, is enclosed with

this application.

The Certificate will be based on the particulars contained in the CNS

Maintenance Organisation Exposition

On behalf of the Administrative Authority named above, I certify that the

information contained in the CNS Maintenance Organisation Exposition is

correct in every respect and that no relevant information has been withheld.

Name

Signature

Date

CNS Form 01:

GENERAL CIVIL AVIATION AUTHORITY

P.O. Box 6558

Abu Dhabi - UAE

GENERAL CIVIL AVIATION AUTHORITY

P.O. Box 6558

Abu Dhabi - UAE

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 182/226

CAR Part VIII, Subpart 6

CAR PART VIIISubpart 6

TO BE REVISED

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 183/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 7, METEOROLOGICAL SERVICES

1

CAR PART VIIISUBPART 7

AVIATION METEOROLOGICALSERVICE ORGANISATIONS

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 184/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 7, METEOROLOGICAL SERVICES

2

SECTION A GENERAL ................................................................................................................... 5 1 APPLICABILITY ........................................................................................................................ 5 2 DEFINITIONS AND ACRONYMS .............................................................................................. 5 3 APPLICATION FOR CERTIFICATE .......................................................................................... 5 4 ISSUE OF CERTIFICATE .......................................................................................................... 6 5 PRIVILEGES OF CERTIFICATE................................................................................................ 6 SECTION B – CERTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS ....................................................................... 7 6 PERSONNEL REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................................... 7 7 SITE REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................................................... 7 8 COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS ....................................................................................... 9 9 INPUT REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................................................ 9 10 OUTPUT REQUIREMENTS .................................................................................................... 10 11 FACILITY REQUIREMENTS ................................................................................................... 10 12 DOCUMENTATION ................................................................................................................. 11 13 PERIODIC INSPECTION, TESTING AND CALIBRATION ..................................................... 12 14 RELEASE OF METEOROLOGICAL INFORMATION ............................................................. 12 15 NOTIFICATION OF METEOROLOGICAL OFFICE AND FACILITY STATUS ....................... 12 16 METEOROLOGICAL INFORMATION CHECK AFTER ACCIDENT OR INCIDENT .............. 13 17 RECORDS ............................................................................................................................... 13 18 QUALITY ASSURANCE .......................................................................................................... 14 19 SAFETY MANAGEMENT ........................................................................................................ 15 20 ORGANISATION EXPOSITION .............................................................................................. 15 SECTION C – OPERATING REQUIREMENTS ........................................................................... 16 21 CONTINUED COMPLIANCE .................................................................................................. 16 22 OPERATIONS MANUAL ......................................................................................................... 17 

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 185/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 7, METEOROLOGICAL SERVICES

3

23 LIMITATIONS ON CERTIFICATE HOLDER ........................................................................... 17 24 CHANGES TO A CERTIFICATE HOLDER’S ORGANISATION ............................................. 17 25 SAFETY INSPECTIONS AND AUDITS .................................................................................. 18 

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 186/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 7, METEOROLOGICAL SERVICES

4

AMENDMENTS TO CAR PART VIII,SUBPART 7

InitialIssueNovember2009 

INTRODUCTION OF CIVIL AVIATION REGULATIONS PART VIII, SUBPART 7  –  AVIATION

METEOROLOGICAL ORGANISATIONSCERTIFICATION, BASED UPON ICAO ANNEX 3 

AMENDMENT74.

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 187/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 7, METEOROLOGICAL SERVICES

5

SECTION A General

1 Applicability

1.1  The GCAA is required, under article 6 of the General Civil Aviation Law, toimplement international agreements in the field of Meteorology and by

article 7 of the same Law, to promulgate policy for civil aviation andpropose laws and regulations.

1.2  Civil Aviation Regulations Part VIII, Subpart 7 is issued by the GeneralCivil Aviation Authority in pursuit of its obligations to ensure enforcementof accepted international regulations and standards within organisationsproviding Meteorological Services within the UAE FIR as designated bythe Authority.

1.3  Subpart 7 provides the Rules governing the certification and operation oforganisations providing meteorological services to aviation.

1.4  The objective of meteorological services for international air navigationshall be to contribute towards the safety, regularity and efficiency of

international air navigation.

This objective shall be achieved by supplying all interested aviationorganisations with the meteorological information necessary for theperformance of their respective functions.

1.5  The Meteorological Authority of the UAE shall determine the type anddegree of meteorological services to be provided within the UAE FIR inaccordance with the requirements of the ICAO Regional Plan (Doc 9708)

The Meteorological Authority may arrange for the services to be providedon its behalf.

The Meteorological Authority and the services to be provided shall beincluded in the UAE AIP.

1.6  No person shall provide an aviation meteorological service except underthe authority of, and in accordance with the provisions of, ameteorological certificate issued under this Rule Subpart.

2 Definitions and acronyms

2.1  Definitions and acronyms are contained in Subpart 1 to CAR Part VIII.

3 Application for Certificate

3.1  The applicant for a meteorological certificate shall complete GCAA formMet 01 (Attachment 1) and submit it to the Director, Aviation Security and

Infrastructure. All elements of the form shall be completed.

The form shall include the locations and airspace at or within which theservices will be provided.

The form shall be submitted to the Director, Aviation Security andInfrastructure along with supporting documentation which shall include theexposition required by paragraph 20.

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 188/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 7, METEOROLOGICAL SERVICES

6

4 Issue of Certificate

4.1  An applicant is entitled to a meteorological certificate if;

1. The applicant meets the requirements of section B of the Rule;and 

2. The applicant and persons holding positions listed in paragraph

6.1.1 to 6.1.3 inclusive are acceptable to the Authority; and3. The organisation’s exposition as required by paragraph 20 is

acceptable to the Authority; and

4. The Authority is satisfied that the granting of the certificate is notcontrary to the interests of aviation safety.

In the interests of aviation safety, only one certificate for a meteorologicalservice at the same location shall be current at any time.

4.2  A meteorological certificate may be granted or renewed for a period of upto 5 years.

A meteorological certificate remains in force until it expires, is suspendedor revoked.

The holder of a meteorological certificate that expires or is revoked shallsurrender the certificate to the Authority.

The holder of a meteorological certificate that is suspended shallimmediately return the certificate to the Authority for appropriateendorsement.

5 Privileges of Certificate.

5.1  A meteorological certificate shall specify which of the followingmeteorological services and which training and assessment for suchservices the certificate holder is authorised to provide.

1. Climatology service: a service for the development and supply of

climatological information in accordance with the requirements ofchapter 8 of Annex 3, for a specific area or airspace; or

2. Forecast service: a service for the supply of forecastmeteorological information in accordance with the requirementsof chapter 6 of Annex 3, for a specific area or portion of airspace;or

3. Information dissemination service: a service for the collection anddissemination of meteorological information; or

4. Meteorological briefing service: a service for the supply of writtenand oral meteorological information on existing and expectedmeteorological conditions in accordance with the requirements ofchapter 9 of Annex 3; or

5. Meteorological reporting service: a service for the supply ofroutine or special meteorological reports in accordance with therequirements of chapter 4 of Annex 3; or

6. Meteorological watch service: a service for maintaining a watchover meteorological conditions affecting aircraft operations in aspecific area in accordance with the requirements of chapter 7 ofAnnex 3.

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 189/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 7, METEOROLOGICAL SERVICES

7

Section B – Certification Requirements

6 Personnel Requirements

6.1  Each applicant for the grant of a meteorological service certificate shallengage, employ or contract:

1. A person identified as the Chief Executive who has the authoritywithin the applicant’s organisation to ensure that eachmeteorological service listed in their exposition can be financedand carried out to meet the operational requirements, and inaccordance with the requirements prescribed by this Rulesubpart; and

2. A person or group of persons who are responsible for ensuringthat the applicant’s organisation complies with the requirementsof this subpart. Such nominated person or persons shall beultimately responsible to the Chief executive; and

3. An accountable manager responsible for the provision of a safetymanagement system according to the requirements of CAR PartX; and

4. Sufficient personnel to plan, operate, supervise, inspect andcertify the meteorological offices and facilities and provide themeteorological services listed in the applicant’s exposition.

6.2  Each applicant shall establish procedures:

1. To provide training for meteorological personnel in accordancewith the WMO requirements contained in WMO publication 258and supplement 1 to WMO 258 as well as WMP 49, Vol. 1 and 2.

2. To assess the competence in accordance with WMOrequirements of those personnel who are authorised by theapplicant to – 

a. place facilities listed in the applicant’s exposition intooperational service; and

b. produce and release meteorological information; and

3. Establish a procedure to maintain and develop the competence ofthose authorised personnel; and

4. Provide those authorised personnel with written evidence of thescope of their authorisation.

7 Site Requirements

7.1  Each applicant for the grant of a meteorological service certificate shalldetermine which meteorological office/s they wish to establish.

These shall be one or more of the following  —

1. A meteorological office either located at, or associated with anaerodrome to carry out some or all of the following tasks asrequired to meet the requirements of flight operations at theaerodrome:

a. prepare and/or obtain forecasts complying with Annex 3format and validity requirements for

b. departing aircraft

c. local meteorological conditions; or

d. maintain a continuous watch of meteorological conditions

 

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 190/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 7, METEOROLOGICAL SERVICES

8

over the aerodrome/s for which it prepares forecasts; or

e. provide briefing, consultation and flight documentation tocrew members and other flight operations personnel; or

f. supply other meteorological information, complying withAnnex 3 format requirements, to aeronautical usersincluding:

g. routine observations and reports;

h. special observations and reports;

i. aerodrome warnings;

  j. wind shear warnings;

k. other warnings as locally agreed or

l. display available meteorological information;

m. exchange meteorological information with othermeteorological offices; or

n. supply information on pre-eruption volcanic activity,volcanic eruptions or ash cloud to associated ATS units,AIS units and meteorological watch offices as per lettersof agreement; or

2. A meteorological watch office which shall—

a. maintain a watch over meteorological conditions affectingflight operations within the watch office’s area ofresponsibility; and

b. prepare and supply SIGMET and other informationrelated to its area of responsibility to associated air trafficservices; and

c. disseminate SIGMET information by AFTN;

d. when required by regional air navigation agreements orletters of agreement—

e. prepare AIRMET information related to its area ofresponsibility;

f. supply AIRMET information to associated ATS units;

g. disseminate AIRMET information;

h. supply information on pre-eruption volcanic activity,volcanic eruptions or ash cloud, for which a SIGMET hasnot been issued, to its associated ATS units, AIS units .as per letters of agreement, and to its associated VAACas determined by regional air navigation agreement;

i. supply information received concerning the accidentalrelease of radioactive materials into the atmosphere inthe area for which it has responsibility, or in adjacentareas to its associated ATS units, AIS units as per lettersof agreement.

3. An aeronautical meteorological station which shall – 

a. be established at aerodromes and offshore structures asdeemed necessary by the Meteorological Authority tosupport both international air operations and off shorehelicopter operations;

b. make routine observations at fixed intervals;

c. at aerodromes, make special observations wheneverspecified changes occur in respect of surface wind,

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 191/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 7, METEOROLOGICAL SERVICES

9

visibility, runway visual range, present weather, cloudsand /or air temperature. 

7.2  Each applicant for the grant of a meteorological service certificate shallestablish procedures to ensure that

1. Each of the meteorological offices and facilities listed in theirexposition is

a. sited and configured in accordance with securitymeasures designed to prevent unlawful or accidentalinterference; and

b. provided with suitable power supplies and means toensure appropriate continuity of service; and

2. The equipment is sited in accordance with ICAO Doc 8896; and

3. When applicable, each remote weather sensing facility listed intheir exposition is installed and maintained in a technicallyappropriate position to ensure that the facility provides anaccurate representation of the local meteorological conditions.

8 Communication Requirements

8.1  Each applicant for the grant of a meteorological service certificate shallestablish communication systems and procedures to ensure that each ofthe meteorological offices and facilities listed in their exposition canprovide the meteorological information for which it was established in atimely reliable manner.

The communication systems and procedures must be able to handle thevolume and nature of the meteorological information being communicatedso that no meteorological information is delayed to the extent that theinformation becomes out of date

9 Input Requirements

9.1  Each applicant for the grant of a meteorological services certificate shallestablish procedures to obtain input meteorological informationappropriate to the meteorological service being provided.

The procedures shall ensure that:

1. Each meteorological office and facility listed in the applicant’sexposition that provides a forecast service has continuous accessto appropriate historical, real-time, and other meteorologicalinformation for the applicant’s forecast areas; and

2. Each meteorological office and facility listed in the applicant’sexposition that provides a meteorological briefing service inperson or by any other interactive visual means, has adequatedisplay and briefing resources available for the briefings; and

3. Each meteorological office and facility listed in the applicant’sexposition that provides a meteorological reporting service hasadequate observing systems to supply adequate, accurate andtimely meteorological reports in accordance with the requirementsof Annex 3 Chapter 4; and

4. Each meteorological office and facility listed in the applicant’sexposition that provides a meteorological watch service hasadequate meteorological information to supply an adequate,accurate and timely meteorological watch service; and

5. Each meteorological office and facility listed in the applicant’sexposition that provides a climatology service has adequate

 

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 192/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 7, METEOROLOGICAL SERVICES

10

meteorological information for the preparation of climatologicalinformation; and

6. Aircraft reports and observations are processed appropriatelyaccording to the service being provided by the meteorologicaloffice.

10 Output Requirements

10.1  Each applicant for the grant of a meteorological services certificate shall:

1. Identify the output meteorological information provided by eachmeteorological service listed in their exposition; and

2. Determine the standards and formats for that outputmeteorological information, in accordance with the requirementsof the relevant chapter and appendix of Annex 3 as well as therequirements of Attachments A, B and C of Annex 3.

10.2  Each applicant for the grant of a meteorological services certificate shallestablish procedures to ensure that the meteorological informationsupplied by each meteorological office and facility listed in their expositioncomplies with the standards and formats determined under paragraph

10.1

10.3  Each applicant for the grant of a meteorological services certificate shallestablish procedures to ensure that the meteorological informationsupplied by each meteorological office and facility listed in their expositionis consistent with ICAO Human Factors principles and shall be in formswhich require a minimum of interpretation by users.

10.4 Holders of meteorological service certificates shall establish letters ofagreement or similar service provision agreements with the users of theapplicant’s meteorological service/s, covering the user’s requirementsincluding notification requirements. 

10.5  Each applicant for the grant of a meteorological services certificate with

respect to a meteorological briefing service, wishing to automate aninformation bulletin shall obtain GCAA acceptance of the automatedsystem in accordance with CAAP XX Operational Approvals (underdevelopment)

Where the automated system is to include aeronautical informationrequired by CAR Part VIII, Subpart 2, Section F, agreement with theprovider of the AIS Briefing service will be required.

10.6  Each applicant for the grant of a meteorological services certificate withrespect to a meteorological reporting service, shall establish proceduresto ensure that the reports issued comply with the requirements of Annex3, Chapter 4.

11 Facility Requirements11.1  Each applicant for the grant of a meteorological services certificate shall

establish procedures to ensure that all electronic data processing facilitiesused in the acquisition, compilation, computing, access or disseminationof meteorological information are of a nature, configuration and capabilityto ensure the adequacy, accuracy and timeliness of that meteorologicaland related information.

11.2  At aerodromes with runways intended for Category II and III ILSoperations, automated equipment for measuring or assessing, asappropriate, and for monitoring and remote indicating of surface wind,

 

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 193/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 7, METEOROLOGICAL SERVICES

11

visibility, RVR, cloud base height, air and dew-point temperatures andatmospheric pressure shall be installed to support approach, landing andtakeoff operations.

These devices shall be integrated automatic systems for the acquisition,processing, dissemination and display in real time of the meteorologicalparameters affecting landing and takeoff operations.

Human factor principles should be observed in the design of thesedevices

11.3 At aerodromes with runways intended for Category I ILS operations, therequirements of paragraph 11.2 should be met.

12 Documentation

12.1  Each applicant for the grant of a meteorological services certificate shallhold copies of meteorological office manuals, facility manuals, technicalstandards and practices, procedure manuals and any otherdocumentation that is necessary for the provision of the meteorologicalservices listed in their exposition.

These documents shall include, but are not limited to:

1. Annex 3;

2. ICAO Doc 7030;

3. ICAO Doc 7192;

4. ICAO Doc 8896;

5. ICAO Doc 9328;

6. ICAO Doc 9377;

7. ICAO Doc 9708;

8. ICAO Doc 9837;

9. ICAO Doc 9859.

10. WMO Publication 4911. WMO Publication 258

12.2  Each applicant for the grant of a meteorological services certificate shallestablish a procedure to control the documentation required by paragraph12.1.

The procedure shall ensure that:

1. The documentation is reviewed and authorised by appropriatepersonnel before issue; and

2. Current issues of relevant documentation are available topersonnel at all locations where they need access to suchdocumentation for the provision of the meteorological services

listed in the applicant’s exposition; and3. Obsolete documentation is promptly removed from all points of

issue or use; and

4. Changes to documentation are reviewed and approved byappropriate personnel; and

5. The current version of each item of documentation can beidentified to preclude the use of out of date editions.

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 194/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 7, METEOROLOGICAL SERVICES

12

13 Periodic Inspection, Testing and Calibration

13.1  Each applicant for the grant of a meteorological services certificate shallestablish procedures for—

1. The periodic inspection of each aeronautical meteorological officelisted in the applicant’s exposition; and

2. The periodic inspection, testing and calibration of each facilitylisted in the applicant’s exposition.

13.2  The procedures shall ensure that—

1. Appropriate inspection equipment and systems are available topersonnel for the inspection of each meteorological office; and

2. Appropriate inspection, measuring and test equipment andsystems are available to personnel for the inspection, testing andcalibration of each facility; and

3. The inspection, measuring and test equipment and systems havethe precision and accuracy necessary for the inspections,measurements and tests being carried out; and

4. All meteorological sensing facilities are calibrated and configuredso that the environmental sensors fitted or incorporated yield, asfar as possible, reliable, accurate and representativemeteorological information.

14 Release of Meteorological Information

14.1  Each applicant for the grant of a meteorological services certificate shallestablish procedures for—

1. The release of meteorological information from eachmeteorological office listed in their exposition; and

2. The placing of facilities listed in their exposition into operationalservice.

14.2  The procedures shall ensure that persons authorised to supervise theproduction and release of meteorological information and personsauthorised to place meteorological facilities into operational service havebeen assessed as competent under the procedures required byparagraph 6.2.

15 Notification of Meteorological Office and FacilityStatus

15.1 Each applicant for the grant of a meteorological services certificate shallestablish procedures to notify the users of the applicant’s meteorologicalservices of relevant operational information and of any changes in the

operational status of each meteorological office or facility listed in theapplicant’s exposition.

15.2  The applicant must ensure that the procedures established underparagraph 15.1 require—

1. The operational information for each of the applicant’smeteorological services that support the UAE air navigationsystem or an air traffic service to be forwarded to the AeronauticalInformation Service for publication in the UAE AIP; and

2. The users of a meteorological office or facility to be notified

 

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 195/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 7, METEOROLOGICAL SERVICES

13

without delay of any change in the operational status of themeteorological office or facility if the change may affect the safetyof air navigation. For those meteorological offices and facilitiespublished in the UAE AIP, the information concerning any changeto their operational status must be forwarded to the AIS for theissue of a NOTAM.

16 Meteorological Information Check after Accident orIncident

16.1 Each applicant for the grant of a meteorological services certificate shallestablish procedures for checking the adequacy, accuracy and timelinessof any of their meteorological information that may have been used by anaircraft or an air traffic service involved in an accident or incident.

16.2  The procedures shall ensure that—

1. The checks are carried out as soon as practicable afternotification to the applicant’s organisation of such an accident orincident; and

2. Copies of the meteorological information are kept in a secureplace for possible use by any subsequent investigation.

17 Records

17.1  Each applicant for the grant of a meteorological services certificate shallestablish procedures to identify, collect, index, store, maintain anddispose of the records that are necessary for the supply of themeteorological services listed in their exposition.

17.2  The procedures shall ensure that—

1. There is a record of the input meteorological information obtainedunder the procedures required by paragraph 9; and

2. There is a record of all output meteorological information

identified under paragraph 10; and

3. The records specified in paragraph 17.2.1 and .2 are retained fora period of at least 30 days or for such longer period as may berequired by the Director, Aviation Security and Infrastructure; and

4. There is a record for each meteorological office and facility listedin the applicant’s exposition, in order to document theperformance of each meteorological office and facility and toprovide a traceable history of its maintenance, service andproduct quality, its periodic inspections, and the personresponsible for each of these activities; and

5. There is a record of the equipment and systems used forverification, inspection, testing and calibration under theprocedures required by paragraph 13. The record shall provide atraceable history of the location, maintenance and calibrationchecks for the equipment and systems; and

6. There is a record of each occurrence of erroneous meteorologicalinformation reported and of each malfunction detected under theprocedures required by paragraph 18.5. The record shall detailthe nature of the erroneous meteorological information ormalfunction and the findings of the investigation and the follow-upcorrective actions; and

7. There is a record of each internal quality review of the applicant’sorganisation carried out under the procedures required by

 

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 196/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 7, METEOROLOGICAL SERVICES

14

paragraph 18. The records shall detail the part or activity of theorganisation that was reviewed, the findings of the review and anynecessary follow-up corrective actions; and

8. There is a record for each person who is authorised by theapplicant to supervise the production and release ofmeteorological information and for each person who is authorisedby the applicant to place facilities into operational service. Therecord shall include details of their experience, qualifications,

training and current authorisations; and

9. All records are legible and of a permanent nature; and

10. All records other than those required by paragraph 17.2.1 and .2are retained for at least one year, or for such longer period asmay be required by the Director, in order to establish a history ofthe performance of the meteorological services.

18 Quality Assurance

18.1  Each applicant for the grant of a meteorological services certificate shallestablish internal quality assurance procedures, to ensure compliancewith, and the adequacy of, the procedures and systems required by thisSubpart.

18.2  The quality system established in accordance with 18.1 shall conform toISO 9000 standards and shall be certified by an approved organisation.

18.3  The person who has responsibility for internal quality assurance shallhave direct access to the Chief Executive on matters affecting theadequacy, accuracy and timeliness of meteorological information.

18.4  When the quality assurance procedures indicate that meteorologicalinformation to be supplied does not comply with the output requirementsof paragraph 10.2, and automatic error correction procedures are notappropriate, such information shall not be supplied to the users unless itis validated with the originator.

18.5  The quality system shall include procedures and resources for – 

1. The routine verification of meteorological information obtainedand provided by the applicant; and

2. The assessment of the timeliness of transmission of messages orbulletins.

18.6  Each applicant for the grant of a meteorological services certificate shallestablish procedures—

1. To identify, record, notify, investigate and rectify any report oferroneous meteorological information; and

2. To identify, record, notify, investigate and rectify any detected

malfunction in the facilities and meteorological services listed intheir exposition that may result in the supply of erroneousmeteorological information; and

3. To notify without delay all users that have received the erroneousmeteorological information; and

4. To notify the Director of Aviation Security and Infrastructure,within 12 hours, of those malfunctions that cannot be remediedwithin 72 hours; and

5. For the continuation of malfunction status reports in the event thatsuch reports are required by the Director, Aviation Security and

 

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 197/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 7, METEOROLOGICAL SERVICES

15

Infrastructure.

19 Safety Management

19.1  Each applicant for the grant of a meteorological services certificate shallestablish a safety management system in accordance with CAR Part X.

19.2  The safety management system shall include:

1. Hazard identification; and

2. Risk management; and

3. Safety assurance; and

4. Safety performance monitoring and measurement; and

5. Change management; and

6. Management Reviews.

20 Organisation Exposition

20.1  Each applicant for the grant of a meteorological services certificate shall

provide the Director with an exposition which shall contain—1. A statement signed by the Chief Executive on behalf of the

applicant’s organisation confirming that the exposition and anyincluded manuals—

a. define the organisation and demonstrate its means andmethods for ensuring ongoing compliance with thisSubpart; and

b. will be complied with at all times; and

2. The titles and names of the person or persons required byparagraphs 6.1.1 and 6.1.2; and

3. The duties and responsibilities of the person or persons specifiedin paragraph 20.1.2; and

4. An organisation chart showing lines of responsibility of thepersons specified in paragraph 20.1.2; and

5. A summary of the applicant’s staffing structure at eachmeteorological office listed under paragraph 20.1.7.a; and

6. A list of the meteorological services to be covered by thecertificate; and

7. A list providing—

a. the location of each meteorological office operated by theapplicant; and

b. the location of each facility operated by the applicant thatprovides meteorological information directly to the users;

and

c. the meteorological services provided by each of thosemeteorological offices and facilities; and

d. the locations and airspace covered by suchmeteorological services; and

8. Details of the applicant’s output meteorological informationidentified under paragraph 10.1.1 and the standards and formatsfor that information determined under paragraph 10.1.2; and

9. Details of the applicant’s procedures and systems required by—

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 198/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 7, METEOROLOGICAL SERVICES

16

a. paragraph 6.2 regarding competence of personnel; and

b. paragraph 7 regarding site requirements; and

c. paragraph 8 regarding communication requirements; and

d. paragraph 9 regarding meteorological service inputrequirements; and

e. paragraph 10 regarding meteorological service outputrequirements; and

f. paragraph 11 regarding facility requirements; and

g. paragraph 12.2 regarding control of documents; and

h. paragraph 13 regarding verifications, inspections, testsand calibrations; and

i. paragraph 14 regarding release of meteorologicalinformation and the placing of facilities into operationalservice; and

  j. paragraph 15 regarding notification of meteorologicaloffice and facility status; and

k. paragraph 16 regarding meteorological informationchecks after notification of an accident or incident; and

l. paragraph 17 regarding identification, collection, indexing,storage, maintenance and disposal of records; and

m. paragraph 18 regarding internal quality assurance of theorganisation; and

n. paragraph 19 regarding safety managementrequirements

10. Procedures to control, amend and distribute the exposition.

20.2  The applicant’s exposition shall be acceptable to the Director, AviationSecurity and Infrastructure.

Section C – Operating Requirements

21 Continued Compliance

21.1  Each holder of a meteorological service certificate shall – 

1. Hold at least one complete and current copy of their exposition ateach meteorological office specified in their exposition; and

2. Comply with all procedures and systems detailed in theirexposition; and

3. Make each applicable part of their exposition available to

personnel who require those parts to carry out their duties; and4. Continue to meet the standards and comply with the requirements

of Subpart B prescribed for certification under CAR Part VIII,Subpart 7; and

5. Notify the Director, Aviation Security and Infrastructure, of anychange of address, telephone or facsimile number, or e-mailaddress required by the GCAA within 28 days of the change.

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 199/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 7, METEOROLOGICAL SERVICES

17

22 Operations Manual

22.1  Each applicant for the grant of a meteorological services certificate shallprovide an operations manual for each meteorological office listed in theirexposition. The manual shall set out the procedures for the operation andmaintenance of the meteorological office and associated facilities andshall include a list of – 

1. The meteorological information and meteorological servicesprovided; and

2. The minimum acceptable operating parameters and standards forfacilities; and

3. The minimum meteorological inputs required; and

4. The minimum performance and quality levels for outputmeteorological information and meteorological services provided;and

5. The test equipment and systems required for the measurement ofthe minimum levels listed under paragraph 22.1.4

6. Any mandatory check procedures for releasing meteorological

information.The applicant shall ensure that the operations manual is kept up to datewith respect to amendments to Annex 3.

23 Limitations on Certificate Holder

23.1  The holder of a meteorological service certificate shall not—

1. Provide meteorological information where the meteorologicalinput information required to provide that meteorologicalinformation is not available; or

2. Provide meteorological information where the operationalperformance of the meteorological office or facility producing that

meteorological information does not meet the applicablerequirements; or

3. Provide meteorological information where any integrity monitoringsystem associated with that meteorological information is not fullyfunctional; or provide meteorological information where anyrequired verification, inspection, test or calibration relating to thatmeteorological information has not been completed; or

4. Provide meteorological information where there is any causewhatsoever to suspect the integrity of that meteorologicalinformation.

24 Changes to a Certificate Holder’s organisation

24.1  Each holder of a meteorological service certificate shall ensure that theirexposition is amended so as to remain a current description of theholder’s organisation and meteorological services provided.

24.2  The certificate holder shall ensure that any amendments made to theholder’s exposition meet the applicable requirements of Subpart 7 andcomply with the amendment procedures contained in the holder’sexposition.

24.3  The certificate holder shall provide the Director with a copy of eachamendment to their exposition as soon after its incorporation into the

 

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 200/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 7, METEOROLOGICAL SERVICES

18

exposition as practicable.

24.4  Where a certificate holder proposes to make a change to any of thefollowing , prior notification to and acceptance by the Director isrequired—

1. The Chief Executive; or

2. The listed person/s;

3. The meteorological services the holder provides;

4. The locations and airspace covered by each of the meteorologicalservices the holder provides.

24.5  The Director may prescribe conditions under which a certificate holdermay operate during or following any changes specified in paragraph 24.4.

24.6  The certificate holder shall comply with any conditions prescribed underparagraph 24.5.

24.7  Where any of the changes referred to in this Rule require an amendmentto the certificate, the certificate holder shall forward the certificate to theDirector as soon as practicable.

24.8  The certificate holder shall make any amendments to the holder’sexposition as the Director may consider necessary in the interests ofaviation safety.

25 Safety Inspections and Audits

25.1  The Director may, in writing, require the holder of a meteorological servicecertificate to undergo or carry out such inspections and audits of theholder’s meteorological offices, facilities, documents and records as theDirector consider necessary in the interests of civil aviation safety andsecurity in accordance with Article 7.10 of the GCAA Law.

25.2  The Director may require from the holder of a meteorological service

certificate such information as the Director considers relevant to theinspection or audit.

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 201/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 7, METEOROLOGICAL SERVICES

19

APPENDIX 1

APPLICATION FOR A METEOROLOGICAL SERVICE CERTIFICATE 

APPLICATION FOR METEOROLOGICAL SERVICES CERTIFICATE

Name of Unit

Administrative Authority

One copy of the Meteorological Service Organisation’s Exposition and

Maintenance Manual, prepared in accordance with the Civil Aviation

Regulations, is enclosed with this application.

The Certificate will be based on the particulars contained in the Meteorological

Service Organisation’s Exposition

On behalf of the Administrative Authority named above, I certify that the

information contained in the Meteorological Service Organisation Exposition is

correct in every respect and that no relevant information has been withheld.

Name

Signature

Date

Met Form 01:

GENERAL CIVIL AVIATION AUTHORITY

P.O. Box 6558

Abu Dhabi - UAE

GENERAL CIVIL AVIATION AUTHORITY

P.O. Box 6558

Abu Dhabi - UAE

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 202/226

  CAR Part VIII, Subpart 8

CAR PART VIII

SUBPART 8

SEARCH & RESCUE ORGANISATIONS

TO BE DEVELOPED

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 203/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 9, LOW VISIBILITY PROCEDURES

1

CAR PART VIII

SUBPART 9

LOW VISIBILITY PROCEDURES

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 204/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 9, LOW VISIBILITY OPERATIONS

2

SECTION A - INTRODUCTION ………………… .................................................................... 6 1 INTRODUCTION ……………………… ........................................................................... 6 2 DEFINITIONS AND ACRONYMS ….. ............................................................................ 7 SECTION B – LOW VISIBILITY SAFETY ASSESSMENT ..................................................... 7 3 INTRODUCTION ………………………. .......................................................................... 7 4 ORGANISATION…………………… ........................................................................... 7 SECTION C – OBSTACLE CONTROL … … ......................................................................... 9 5 INTRODUCTION ............................................................................ 9 6 APPROACH / LANDING SURFACES .......................................................................... 9 7 TAKE-OFF / CLIMB SURFACES ............................................................................ 9 SECTION D – COMMUNICATIONS………….. ...................................................................... 10 8 INTRODUCTION ……………………… ....................................................................... 10 9 REQUIREMENTS …………………………. ................................................................. 10 10 REQUIREMENTS FOR DIRECT SPEECH CIRCUITS ............................................. 10 11 REQUIREMENTS FOR RADIOTELEPHONY (RTF) ................................................. 10 12 RECORDING …………………………… ..................................................................... 10 13 SECONDARY POWER SUPPLY .......................................................................... 11 SECTION E – NON-VISUAL AIDS …………… ..................................................................... 11 14 INTRODUCTION ……………………….. ..................................................................... 11 15 ILS …………………………………… .......................................................................... 11 SECTION F – VISUAL AIDS……………………. ................................................................... 12 16 INTRODUCTION …………………. . ......................................................................... 13 17 NOTIFICATION OF STATUS OF VISUAL AIDS ....................................................... 13 18 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS …….. .......................................................................... 13 

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 205/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 9, LOW VISIBILITY PROCEDURES

3

19 PAVEMENT MARKINGS …………. . ......................................................................... 13 20 SIGNS ………………………………. .......................................................................... 14 21 LIGHTING …………………………….. ........................................................................ 14 22 SECONDARY POWER SUPPLY .......................................................................... 15 SECTION G – SURFACE MOVEMENT PROCEDURES ..................................................... 16 23 INTRODUCTION ……………………… ....................................................................... 16 24 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS …….. .......................................................................... 16 25 STANDARD TAXI ROUTES……….. ......................................................................... 16 26 SURFACE MOVEMENT RADAR .......................................................................... 17 27 FALLBACK PROCEDURES .......................................................................... 17 SECTION H – AIR TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES ........................................... 17 28 INTRODUCTION …………………………………. ........................................................ 17 29 INITIATION/CANCELLATION OF LOW VISIBILITY PROCEDURES ........................ 17 30 LOW VISIBILITY PROCEDURES .......................................................................... 18 31 AIR TRAFFIC FLOW MANAGEMENT (ATFM) .......................................................... 18 32 TRAINING…………………………….. ......................................................................... 19 33 RECORDS …………………………….. ......................................................................... 19 SECTION I -- METEOROLOGICAL SERVICES ................................................................... 19 34 INTRODUCTION ……………………. .......................................................................... 19 35 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS …….. .......................................................................... 20 36 RVR ……………………………………. ......................................................................... 20 37 CEILING ………………………………. ......................................................................... 21 SECTION J – AERONAUTICAL INFORMATION SERVICES ............................................... 21 38 INTRODUCTION ………………….. .......................................................................... 21 39 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ………. ......................................................................... 21 

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 206/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 9, LOW VISIBILITY OPERATIONS

4

40 AIP / NOTAM ………………………… .......................................................................... 21 41 AUTOMATIC TERMINAL INFORMATION SERVICE (ATIS) ..................................... 22 SECTION K – AERODROME FACILITIES ......................................................................... 22 42 INTRODUCTION ………………….. .......................................................................... 22 43 RESPONSIBILITY ……………………………… ............................................................ 23 44 APRON MANAGEMENT …………… .......................................................................... 23 45 RESCUE AND FIRE FIGHTING ……. .......................................................................... 23 46 GROUND VEHICLES ……………….. .......................................................................... 23 47 SECURITY ……………………………. .......................................................................... 24 

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 207/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 9, LOW VISIBILITY PROCEDURES

5

AMENDMENTS TO CAR PART VIII,SUBPART 9

InitialIssue

November2009

CIVIL AVIATION REGULATIONS PART VIII, SUBPART 9, LOW VISIBILITY OPERATION IS A

RE-WRITE OF CHAPTER 16, CAR PART 8.

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 208/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 9, LOW VISIBILITY OPERATIONS

6

Section A - Introduction

1 Introduction

1.1 The Low Visibility Regulations contained herein address the safety and regularityissues related to:

1. Approaches and landings in Category II and Category III meteorologicalconditions;

2. Take offs in RVR less than 550 metres;

3. Control of surface movements in meteorological conditions not permittingATS to be carried out with visual reference.

1.2 The additional measures required to support safe operations at an airport in LowVisibility Conditions (LVC) shall be specified in local procedures as “Low VisibilityProcedures” (LVP)

These regulations prescribe the circumstances in which LVP are required as wellas the requirements to be addressed by these procedures.

1.3These regulations prescribe the circumstances in which Low Visibility

Procedures (LVP) are required as well as the requirements to be addressed bythese procedures.

1.4 LVPs shall be established to:

1. Prevent collisions between aircraft on the ground; and2. Prevent collisions between aircraft and vehicles; and3. Prevent runway incursions; and4. Protect and extend the integrity of ground based navigation equipment;

and5. Extend protection from obstacles and confusing lighting effects; and6. Maintain continuity of service of visual and non-visual aids; and7. Extend ability to give adequate guidance to rescue and fire fighting

services; and8. Extend meteorological services; and

9. Provide reporting for enforcement and monitoring of safety levels.

1.5 Low Visibility Operations (LVO) at UAE airports are subject to approval by theGCAA. This process is divided into two stages:

1. Approval of facilities and procedures at an airport; and

2. Approval of an operator to carry out LVO at an approved airport.

1.6 The requirements for approval of facilities and procedures at an airport are setout in this subpart of CAR Part VIII. Applications shall be forwarded to:

The Director, Aviation Security and Infrastructure

General Civil Aviation Authority

P.O.BOX 6558

Abu Dhabi

1.7 For LVOs to runways or facilities not previously approved by the GCAA, interimapproval of LVP will be granted based on submissions of satisfactorydocumentation as set out in paragraph 3

1.8 Following satisfactory operations based on interim approval, permanent approvalwill be issued with a validity period not exceeding two years. Renewal ofpermanent approvals will be subject to a safety assessment based on recordscovering all aspects of the LVOs.

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 209/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 9, LOW VISIBILITY PROCEDURES

7

1.9The requirements for approval of an operator to carry out LVOs are set out inthe UAE AIP, ENR 1.5Certain requirements in this Subpart have been incorporated in Part IX of theCARs, first issued on 01 January 2002. Redundant text will be deleted in asubsequent amendment.

2 Definitions and acronyms

2.1 Definitions and acronyms are contained in Subpart 1 to CAR Part VIII.

Section B – Low Visibility Safety Assessment

3 Introduction

3.1 When a runway or airport is to be considered for approval of LVOs, anappropriate level of facilities and additional

3.2 Due to the more demanding nature of LVOs, there will normally be restrictionscurtailing movement rates during LVC. While this may be acceptable at airportswith low volumes of traffic under LVC, application of additional means such asimproved lighting systems or Surface Movement Radar may be necessary to

maintain required capacity. The safety assessment shall consider the operationalrequirements of the airport and assess the need for additional measures tomaintain the desired capacity.

3.3 The end requirement of the safety assessment is to provide the means toinstitute the necessary equipment and procedures to maintain the requiredmovement capacity at the airport and ensure that these operations areconducted safely.

4 Organisation

4.1 To ensure that all ground environment elements are properly integrated into thetotal system, the airport operator shall form a working group composed ofrepresentatives of all sections concerned with equipment or services associated

with low visibility operations.

These shall include, but not be limited to, air traffic services, meteorologicalservices, the engineering section(s) responsible for establishment and/ormaintenance of visual and non-visual aids and power supply, rescue and firefighting services, airport security, ground support providers and major operators.The group shall appoint a coordinator who shall be responsible for theaccomplishment of the whole task.

4.2 A preliminary safety assessment shall be carried out to ensure that an adequatelevel of safety can be achieved during LVOs. The safety assessment shall becarried out in accordance with these regulations and appropriate ICAOdocumentation. An assessment of the magnitude of any increase in operatingrisk resulting from lack of control by visual means shall be made, taking into

account the lowest RVR at which operations are planned. The purpose of thesafety assessment is to eliminate this risk by the application of additional controltechniques, procedures and aids which will constitute the LVP for the airport.

4.3 The working group shall identify required actions to be taken and establish awork programme encompassing all issues related to LVO.

4.4 The airport operator shall appoint and maintain an organisation to ensure thatfacilities, equipment and operating conditions are in accordance with currentsafety regulation and local instructions. The size and organisation of such a bodyshall be adjusted to local conditions in order to ensure adequate monitoring ofairport operations. This system shall include routines for initiating corrective

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 210/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 9, LOW VISIBILITY OPERATIONS

8

actions when deviations from described standards are detected.

4.5 The working group shall carry out and document a preparatory process, includinga timetable for completion of preliminary studies, installation and verification ofvisual and non-visual aids and for development of procedures required to ensuresafe operations in LVC.

4.6 Summary of actions to be taken:

1. Examination of movement statistics for aircraft and vehicles;

2. Examination of aeronautical meteorological records to establish therequirements for additional facilities and services for LVO;

3. Evaluation of meteorological limits for establishment and discontinuationof LVP;

4. Examination of instrument, measuring and recording equipment andprocedures used by meteorological services;

5. Evaluation of obstacle environment against limitations surfaces specifiedby the GCAA;

6. Examination of the airport environs for lights that may dazzle or confusepilots during LVO;

7. Evaluation of approach, runway and taxiway lighting, runway taxiwayand apron markings as well as signage for suitability under LVC;

8. Examination of non-visual guidance systems, particularly all componentsof ILS and associated monitoring systems, including calibration records,for the intended type(s) of operation;

9. Examination of critical and sensitive areas for ILS components;

10. Evaluation of instructions to, and recording systems employed by,engineering support services responsible for visual and non-visual aids,meteorological instrumentation and power supply;

11. Evaluation of requirements for communications between ATC andaircraft, vehicles, rescue and fire fighting services, meteorologicalservices, engineering support, security, apron control, other ATC units,

air traffic flow management and other units/authorities/services affectedby LVO;

12. Examination of terrain conditions in the final approach areas for impacton radio altimeter indications;

13. Evaluation of airport lay-out with particular attention to taxi routesbetween aprons and runways, ground traffic routes, service roads,ground traffic control points, movement area entrances and existing aids;

14. Evaluation of the requirements for aeronautical information material,hereunder AIP entries, aeronautical charts ,for LVO;

15. Evaluation of requirements for local aeronautical information services,hereunder communication facilities such as ATIS to provide timelyinformation to operators;

16. Evaluation of operational Letters of Agreement for suitability for LVO;

17. Evaluation of existing ATC instructions, operational orders and companyrules that are relevant to the general movement scenario;

18. Evaluation of impact on airport capacity during LVP;

19. Determination of desired movement rates during LVO;

20. Evaluation of safety requirements for safe provision of ground supportservices, such as re-fuelling, cleaning, maintenance, cargo-and baggagehandling and catering services;

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 211/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 9, LOW VISIBILITY PROCEDURES

9

21. Examination of surveillance systems for ground movements;

22. Evaluation of marking and equipment of vehicles permitted on themovement area during LVC;

23. Evaluation of standard operating procedures for operation staff;

24. Evaluation of experience and training requirements for operational staff;

25. Evaluation of the risk of runway incursions. This shall include evaluationsof records of runway incursions and taxiway junction incident;

26. Evaluation of existing airport security measures;

27. Evaluation of impact on rescue and firefighting services’ ability toperform in a timely and efficient manner;

28. Examination of documentation-, investigation- and reporting procedurescovering movement and meteorological data, serviceability of equipmentand systems as well as incidents;

Note: After the initial study, the actual situation regarding paragraphs 1 through 27 shall be verified by an inspection on the airport accompanied by relevant experts and the representatives from the GCAA

4.7 The safety assessment shall be considered by the working group as part of acomplete system approach and must be completed in an early stage of theimplementation process. The general picture derived from the study shall identifymitigation measures to be implemented as part of the LVO approval process.

4.8 A procedure shall be established to ensure that the required provisions areamended or updated as a consequence of new developments. All such changesshall be notified to and require approval from the GCAA.

Section C – Obstacle Control

5 Introduction

5.1 Control of obstacles shall be based on surfaces approved by the GCAA.

5.2 To accommodate aircraft making auto-coupled approaches and automaticlandings, slope changes shall be limited to 2 per cent within a rectangular areawith a length of not less than 300 metres immediately before the threshold of therunway and a width of 20 metres symmetrically distributed around the extendedrunway centre line.

6 Approach / Landing Surfaces

6.1 Obstacle restriction shall be enforced for Category II and Category III precisionapproach runways as detailed in Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 4 –- except theinner horizontal and conical surfaces may be replaced by extending thetransitional surfaces to a height of 300 metres above threshold elevation asprovided for in PANS-OPS, Volume II, Part II, Section 1, Chapter 1.

6.2 For Category II operations, penetration of obstacle limitation surfaces may beaccommodated at the expense of increased OCA/H.

6.3 For Category III operations, penetrations of approach, transitional or baulkedlanding surfaces are not permitted.

7 Take-off / Climb Surfaces

7.1 Dimensions of the take-off and climb surface shall be as defined in Annex 14,

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 212/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 9, LOW VISIBILITY OPERATIONS

10

Volume 1, Chapter 4 – except the slope shall be 1.6 per cent

Section D – Communications

8 Introduction

8.1 LVO shall be supported by adequate and reliable communications to enable

immediate dissemination of essential information such as RVR, and promptintervention to address contingency situations.

8.2 Communication facilities shall encompass all branches of the airport servicesand agencies concerned with real-time LVO.

9 Requirements

9.1 The general requirements listed in Annex 11, Chapter 6, apply tocommunications under LVC, except as amplified herein.

9.2 Communication facilities shall be provided with standby power supply

10 Requirements for Direct Speech Circuits

10.1 Direct speech circuits shall be provided between aerodrome control tower and :

1. The unit providing approach control services;

2. Apron Control;

3. The Meteorological Office;

4. Maintenance personnel responsible for navigation aids;

5. Maintenance personnel responsible for visual aids;

6. Rescue and Fiore services;

7. AIS / Briefing

10.2 Direct speech circuits shall be supplemented by fallback speed dial facilities.

11 Requirements for Radiotelephony (RTF)

11.1 Separate RTF channels shall be provided for control of aircraft and vehiculartraffic on the airport movement areas.

11.2 All RTF frequencies used for control of aircraft or vehicles shall be supported bydual transmitters and dual receivers for operation through mainheadphone/speaker and microphone facilities.

11.3 Additionally, a battery powered emergency transceiver shall be available andselectable to any frequency used by aerodrome control.

12 Recording

12.1 All frequencies used for the control of aircraft and ground vehicles shall berecorded.

12.2 All speech circuits shall be recorded.

12.3 Recordings shall be retained for at least 30 days.

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 213/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 9, LOW VISIBILITY PROCEDURES

11

13 Secondary Power Supply

13.1 Secondary power supply shall be provided to maintain continuity ofcommunications services during LVP.

13.2 Requirements for a secondary power supply shall be met by standby powerunit(s), (generators, batteries etc) from which electrical power can be obtained.

13.3 The following facilities shall be supplied with secondary power:

1. RTF Equipment;

2. Telephone equipment;

3. Any data link equipment used in support of LVO.

Section E – Non-Visual Aids

14 Introduction

14.1 The conduct of LVO requires electronic guidance for aircraft on approach and forsome take-off operations with particular requirements to accuracy, integrity andcontinuity.

14.2 Non-visual guidance systems for low visibility operations require approval by theGCAA. Only systems listed this section E shall be used for guidance

15 ILS

15.1 Except as superseded by provisions in these regulations, ILS shall be configuredand perform to the standards of Annex 10, Volume 1, Chapter 3.

15.2 The ILS shall comprise the following basic components:

1. VHF localizer equipment, associated monitor system, remote control andindicator equipment;

2. UHF glide path equipment, associated monitor system, remote controland indicator equipment;

3. VHF marker beacons, associated monitor system, remote control andindicator equipment, or

4. UHF distance measuring equipment (DME), associated monitor system,remote control and indicator equipment.

15.3 Where provided, DME shall be co-located with the glide path antenna with zerorange indication at the antenna.

15.4 Where provided, DME shall be frequency paired with the localizer

15.5 For Category II and III approaches, the glide path angle shall be 3 degrees.

15.6 The unit(s), and position(s), tasked with provision of air traffic services withineight nautical miles from touchdown shall have direct reading of the monitoringsystems

15.7 For Category II and III approaches the integrity requirement for localizerequipment shall be 1—0.5x10

-9in any one landing.

15.8 For Category II and III approaches, the continuity requirement for glide pathequipment shall be 1—2x 10

-6in any period of 15 seconds (i.e. MTBO =

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 214/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 9, LOW VISIBILITY OPERATIONS

12

2000hours).

15.9 The continuity requirement for localizer equipment shall be:

1. For Category II approaches: 1—2x10-6

in any period of 15 seconds (i.e.MTBO = 2000hours).

2. For Category III approaches: 1—2x10-6

in any period of 30 seconds (i.e.MTBO = 4000hours).

15.10 All ILS components shall be equipped with dual power supply, providing aswitch-over time of zero seconds.

15.11 Localizer and glide path facilities shall have two continuously operatingtransmitters, one of which shall be connected to an antenna load, providing aswitch-over time of zero seconds.

15.12 A far field monitor shall be installed as part of a system used for Category IIIoperations to monitor course alignment. The unit(s) and position(s), tasked withprovision of air traffic control services within eight nautical miles from touchdownshall have direct reading of the far field monitor.

15.13 For Category II localizers, the mean course line at the ILS reference datum shallbe adjusted to and maintained within 4.5 metres from the runway centre line.

15.14 For Category III localizers, the mean course line at the ILS reference datum shallbe adjusted to and maintained within 3 metres from the runway centre line.

15.15 Localizers shall not be used or configured for radiotelephone communications.

15.16 The total period of radiation, including period(s) of zero radiation, outside thespecified performance limits shall not exceed:

1. Two seconds for Category II localizers;

2. One second for Category III localizers;

3. One second for Category II or III glide paths.

15.17 Outages of ILS components shall be included in the bi-weekly report stipulated in

paragraph 33.

15.18 The ILS critical areas shall be protected at all times for all categories of precisionapproach operations. During these periods no personnel are permitted in thecritical areas.

15.19 The sensitive areas for ILS components shall be identified based on themanufacturer’s data and verified during the first calibration. For Category II andIII operations, the sensitive areas shall be protected when approaching aircraftare close to the runways during take-off and landing operations.

15.20 Sensitive areas shall be clearly identified to the aerodrome controller(s) on radarmaps or charts on display.

15.21 Periodic monitoring of the signal-in-space shall be made in order to detect anyinterference.

Reports from flight crews about signal disturbances shall be investigated andspecial flight checks shall be made when there is reason to believe that seriousinterference is occurring.

Section F – Visual Aids

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 215/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 9, LOW VISIBILITY PROCEDURES

13

16 Introduction

16.1 The requirements for visual aids will depend on the visibility conditions, the typeof operations to be undertaken, the traffic density and the complexity of theaerodrome layout.

16.2 LVP shall ensure that the visual aids required for aircraft operations under LVC

are available. The requirements for visual aids will depend on the visibilityconditions the type of operations to be undertaken, the traffic density and thecomplexity of the aerodrome layout.

17 Notification of Status of Visual Aids

17.1 The notification of the status of visual aids is essential for the safe operation ofLVP. Changes to critical facilities and associated limitations shall bedisseminated to users without delay.

18 General Requirements

18.1 The standards set out in Annex 14, Volume 1. Chapters 5, 6, 7 and 8 apply

unless modified by these regulations.

19 Pavement Markings

19.1 When surface markings are the sole taxiway centre line reference to the users inLVP, they shall be made with reflective materials.

19.2 Airport authorities shall ensure surface markings are kept free of contaminationand are sufficiently conspicuous to the users throughout the taxi routes.Furthermore, it must be ensured that other essential markings in connection withLVP are treated accordingly.

19.3 Where the underlying surface is of a light colour, dark outlining may be requiredto achieve adequate conspicuity.

19.4 Aiming point markings shall be provided for runways intended for Category II andIII landings.

19.5 For runways to be used for Low Visibility Guided Take-Off and Category II or IIIapproach and landings, the location of the taxi-holding position markings shallensure the necessary protection of the sensitive area of the guidance signals.

19.6 During LVP, taxiway intersection markings shall be implemented along thedefined taxi routes to ensure adequate distances between t

19.7 Continuous guidance (aircraft stand lead-in line and manoeuvring guidancelights) shall be provided from the taxiway until adequate guidance by the docking / parking system is assured.

19.8 Aircraft stand markings shall be provided for designated parking positions.

19.9 Aircraft stand markings shall include features to assist the pilot in correct andaccurate positioning of the aircraft. This includes stand identifications, lead-inlines, turn bars, turning lines, alignment bars, stop lines and lead-out lines arerequired by the parking configuration and to complement other parking aids.

19.10Apron safety lines shall be provided to assist vehicle drivers in identifying theareas in which they are permitted to operate.

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 216/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 9, LOW VISIBILITY OPERATIONS

14

20 Signs

20.1 During LVP, the designation of taxiways, exits and entries shall be done in amanner that simplifies the orientation on the aerodrome. The lack of visualreference for pilots and vehicle drivers means that mandatory instruction signs,information signs and location signs shall be as appropriate to ensure that theyare aware of their position and the direction to follow. Signs which are essential

to ground operations shall be provided on both sides of the taxiway.

20.2 Runway exit signs and vacated signs shall be provided. During LVC it may berequired to limit the number of runway exits, taking into account the traffic densityand means to control the ground operations.

20.3 Taxiway and taxiway / apron intersections and intermediate holding positionsshall be identified with markings and signs that are legible to the pilot in thecockpit in all visibility conditions during which the airport will be used.

All runway designation signs at a taxiway / runway intersection shall besupplemented with a location sign. Each necessary taxiway holding position onthe same taxiway shall be provided with a location sign consisting of the taxiwaydesignation and a number.

20.4 On the selected taxi-routes for ground operations during LVP, the signs essentialto the ground operations shall be lighted, preferably internally.

20.5 The taxiway guidance system shall be published in the appropriate sections ofthe AIP.

21 Lighting

21.1 Strobe lighting (with or without sequencing) shall be used during Category II andIII operations.

21.2 Runway centre line lighting shall be provided for take-off in less than 400 metresRVR.

21.3 Taxiway edge lighting combined with centreline marking is adequate foroperations with RVR minima down to 350 metres. For operations with RVR lessthan 350 metres, centreline lighting shall be required to mark the runway exitpoint and to provide continuous guidance from the runway to the apron.

21.4 Dependant on runway / taxiway configuration and on required capacity,switchable or additional lighting may be required to identify the nominated turn-off from the runway.

Alternative taxiway centreline lights shall show green and yellow from theirbeginning near the runway centreline to the perimeter of the ILS sensitive area orthe lower edge of the inner transitional surface, whichever is the furthest from therunway.

21.5 Spacing of taxiway lights shall be determined taking into account RVR values forintended operations and turn radii.

21.6 For LVP with RVR less than 350 metres, taxiway intersection and intermediateholding position lights shall be implemented along defined taxi routes to ensureadequate distances between taxiing aircraft

21.7 During LVP remote controlled stop bars, made up of red lights across the widthof the taxiway, shall be provided at all taxiways giving access to active runwayswhether at the holding position or at its entrance unless protection againstrunway incursion is provided by other means such as operational procedures to

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 217/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 9, LOW VISIBILITY PROCEDURES

15

limit ground movements and/or suitable radar equipment for continuousmonitoring of ground movements.

21.8 Where taxi-holding position marking signs and stop bars may not by themselvesbe adequate during LVP they shall be reinforced by runway guard lights.

21.9 Lighting on a closed runway or taxiway or portion thereof shall not be operatedduring LVP.

21.10 Guidance on aprons shall be effective to manoeuvring aircraft during all visibilityconditions in which the aerodrome is used. For operations under RVR conditionsless than 350 metres this may require the provision of additional means likeyellow aircraft stand manoeuvring lights.

22 Secondary Power Supply

22.1 The standards contained in Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 8 shall apply, exceptas set out below.

22.2 Secondary power supplies shall be provided to maintain the safety of operationsduring LVP. Secondary power supplies meeting the maximum switch over timesas detailed in Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 8, Table 8-1 shall be provided

according to the category of operation and RVR limits in use.

22.3 Requirements for a secondary power supply shall be met by standby powerunit/s, (generators, batteries etc.) from which electrical power can be obtained.

22.4 The following facilities shall be supplied by secondary power:

1. Approach lighting;

2. Runway lighting;

3. Taxiway lighting;

4. Apron lighting;

5. Lighting of obstacles on the movement area;

6. Meteorological equipment;

7. Essential security lighting;

8. Essential lighting for rescue and fire fighting and other emergencyagencies.

22.5 Connection to secondary power supply shall be so arranged that the facilities areautomatically connected to the secondary power source on failure of the normalsource of power.

22.6 A system of monitoring visual aids shall be employed to ensure lighting systemreliability.

22.7 For runways used for operations with RVR values of 550 – 350 metres, the

lighting systems detailed in Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 8, Table 8-1 shall bemonitored so as to provide an immediate indication when the serviceability levelof any element falls below the minimum serviceability level specified in Annex 14,Volume 1, Chapter 9, paragraphs 9.4.26-30 or other level as detailed by theGCAA.

This information shall be automatically relayed to the aerodrome controller anddisplayed in a prominent position.

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 218/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 9, LOW VISIBILITY OPERATIONS

16

Section G – Surface Movement Procedures

23 Introduction

23.1 A Surface Movement Guidance and Control System (SMGCS) shall be installedat airports intended for use under LVC to assist in prevention of incursions ofaircraft and vehicles on active runways and associated critical and sensitive

areas for ILS components.

23.2 The sophistication of the SMGCS and the associated operational limitations shallbe commensurate with the aerodrome layout, expected movement rates and theaerodrome operating minima.

23.3 For airports with low traffic density and a suitable lighting control system, LVPmay simply ensure that only one aircraft at a time is allowed on the manoeuvringarea and that vehicle traffic is avoided on the manoeuvring area.

23.4 Pilots can be expected to see and avoid other traffic at visibilities down to 350metre RVR. Below this visibility, operations will only be approved when the taskof separating and spacing aircraft and/or vehicles on the manoeuvring area isshared by ATC. To perform this task, Surface Movement Radar (SMR) will be

required to monitor traffic and provide navigational assistance to rescue and firefighting vehicles.

23.5 The ground navigation of aircraft (location and taxiing, excluding separation)shall be based on the use of visual aids available to the pilot. Aircraft andvehicles operating on the manoeuvring area shall provided with the necessarymeans to establish and maintain their positions (location signs, stop-bars) and tofollow a defined route (selective taxiing, centreline lights, guidance signs) in LVC.

23.6 In every case the provision of the equipment on the ground shall be supported bydetailed procedures covering the use of the equipment and clearly definingresponsibilities for those involved in supporting LVO.

24 General Requirements24.1 The general requirements of Annex 14, Volume 1, shall apply for surface

movement and control systems.

24.2 Intersection take-offs shall not be permitted under LVC.

24.3 Runways shall not be used as taxi routes under LVC.

24.4 Except as required for safety reasons, vehicles shall not be permitted on themanoeuvring area under LVP and service roads shall be used wheneverpossible – irrespective of increased driving distances.

25 Standard Taxi Routes25.1 Standard taxi routes shall be established and enforced under LVC to facilitate

navigation, reduce traffic complexity and minimise risk of runway incursions.

25.2 Standard taxi routes shall minimise manoeuvring between runway and apron.

25.3 SMGCS and signs shall support standard taxi routes.

25.4 Standard taxi routes shall be indicated on charts.

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 219/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 9, LOW VISIBILITY PROCEDURES

17

26 Surface Movement Radar

26.1 Surface Movement Radar (SMR) shall be provided for the manoeuvring area:

1. At airports intended for use in RVR conditions less that 350 metres;

2. Where airport layout is complex and/or visual guidance makessurveillance required to protect the runway/s and sensitive areas from

incursions;

3. Where traffic density and operating conditions are such that regularity oftraffic flow cannot be maintained by alternative procedures and facilities.

26.2 SMR shall be used for:

1. Confirmation that the runway and associated critical and sensitive areasare clear of aircraft, vehicles and other obstructions prior to a departureor landing;

2. Ensuring that a departing aircraft is lined up on the correct runway;

3. Ascertaining that a departing aircraft has commenced take-off run;

4. Guiding and monitor aircraft and vehicles on the manoeuvring area as

required;

5. Expediting surface traffic flows by directing along optimum routings;

6. Providing guidance to emergency vehicles;

7. Ensuring pushback will not conflict with traffic on the manoeuvring area.

27 Fallback Procedures

27.1 When an essential component of the surface movement equipment is temporarilyunserviceable or does not meet the minimum performance or technicalrequirements, the operational use of the aerodrome shall be restricted and, as aconsequence, the traffic movement rate will be limited.

27.2 Detailed fallback procedures shall be established to address failures of essentialcomponents of the SMGCS.

Section H – Air Traffic Management Procedures

28 Introduction

28.1 The actual LVP required at an airport will depend on the type of operationsconducted. The types of operations requiring approved LVP are specified inparagraph 1.1.1

28.2 The general provisions in ICAO Doc 4444, PANS RAC shall apply.

28.3 Local ATS Instructions (LATSI) shall specify types of approved LVO along withassociated procedures.

29 Initiation/Cancellation of Low Visibility Procedures

29.1 LVO shall be initiated by the aerodrome control tower.

29.2 The aerodrome control tower shall inform the approach control unit concernedwhen procedures for precision approach category II/III and low visibilityoperations will be applied and also when such procedures are discontinued.

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 220/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 9, LOW VISIBILITY OPERATIONS

18

29.3 Approved checklists shall be used by the aerodrome control tower for initiationand cancellation of LVP.

30 Low Visibility Procedures

30.1 Criteria for Category II/III status shall be clearly established. For each segment ofthe overall system, the aerodrome controller shall have the following instruction

in case of full or partial failure(s):1. Downgrade LVO for all aircraft movements;

2. Continue LVO for specified types/categories of movements;

3. Continue LVO without restrictions

30.2 Based on the defined and approved criteria as detailed herein, ATC shallcommunicate the low visibility status of the airport / runway to pilots.

30.3 The LATSI shall contain detailed procedures for the following:

1. The RVR values at which the LVP shall be implemented;

2. Minimum ILS equipment requirements for Category II/III operations;

3. Other facilities and aids, such as lighting, required for category II/IIIoperations;

4. Criteria for and circumstances under which ILS equipment requirementsfrom category II/III operations capability shall be made;

5. Runway holding positions to be used;

6. Minimum spacing between an arriving and a departing aircraft to ensureprotection of the sensitive and critical areas;

7. Minimum spacing between successive approaching aircraft;

8. Procedures to verify that aircraft and vehicles have vacated the runwayand sensitive areas for ILS components;

9. Procedures applicable to separation of aircraft on the manoeuvring area;

10. Procedures applicable to separation of aircraft and vehicles;

11. Staffing of operational positions.

30.4 The extent of critical and sensitive areas surrounding ILS components for therunway(s) in use for LVO shall be displayed in graphical / pictorial form for theaerodrome controller.

30.5 When take-off is carried out on a runway with a radiating localizer, the protectedarea for the localizer shall be kept clear of all vehicles, aircraft or mobile objects.

30.6 Spacing between successive aircraft on final shall be determined and included inlocal instructions for the aerodrome control tower and the unit providing approachcontrol service.

31 Air Traffic Flow Management (ATFM)

31.1 Impact on airport / runway capacity shall be reflected in procedures to beestablished between the aerodrome control tower and the unit providingapproach control service.

31.2 The requirement for ATFM measures shall be determined and included in aLetter of Agreement with Emirates ACC.

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 221/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 9, LOW VISIBILITY PROCEDURES

19

32 Training

32.1 ATS staff involved in LVO shall be trained in knowledge and application of theapproved procedures. Understanding and skills shall be demonstrated as part ofperiodic competency checking.

32.2 The training syllabus shall include handling of failures and emergency situations.

33 Records

33.1 Excerpts from the airport movement log for periods when LVP have beenimplemented shall be forwarded to the GCAA at the end of every two weekperiod.

1. Reporting shall be made in the following format:

2. Aircraft callsign;

3. Aircraft type;

4. Type of movement (ARR/DEP);

5. Date and time of movement (touchdown/start of take-off roll/ missed

approach);6. RVR measurements.

For periods without LVO, a nil report shall be forwarded.

33.2 A record of all vehicle movements on the manoeuvring area shall be maintainedwhen LVP are implemented. This record shall include:

1. Vehicle callsign:

2. Purpose of entry onto manoeuvring area;

3. Position / route;

4. Time of entry to manoeuvring area;

5. Time of exit from manoeuvring area.

33.3 The vehicle movement record shall be retained for 31 days.

33.4 All incidents relating to LVO shall be reported to the GCAA for follow-up and / ormonitoring of safety levels and trends.

33.5 Training material and records shall be retained for a period of not less than oneyear after the staff member has ceased involvement in LVO.

Section I -- Meteorological Services

34 Introduction

34.1 Under LVC, operators’ needs for real-time meteorological data increase in orderto ensure approaches, landings and take-offs are conducted within the certifiedcapabilities of equipment and personnel.

34.2 The key elements to initiate LVP are cloud ceiling and visibility or RVR. Thevisibility criteria may be based on RVR or meteorological visibility, depending onthe type of operations being conducted.

34.3 The aerodrome LVP shall include the specific visibility/RVR and cloud ceilingvalues for the implementation of LVPs and these shall be published in the AIP.

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 222/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 9, LOW VISIBILITY OPERATIONS

20

35 General Requirements

35.1 Except as specified below, meteorological services shall be provided inaccordance with the general requirements of Annex3.

35.2 Meteorological observation systems shall include automated equipment formeasuring or evaluating, as appropriate, and for monitoring and remote

indication of surface wind, and other parameters affecting landing and take-offoperations as detailed below.

Where high movement rates are required, these devices shall be integratedautomatic systems for acquisition, processing, dissemination / display in real timeof the meteorological parameters affecting landing and take-off operations.

Design of these systems shall observe principles for human factors.

35.3 Meteorological instruments shall be exposed, operated and maintained inaccordance with the practises procedures and specifications promulgated by theWorld Meteorological Organisation (WMO).

35.4 Meteorological instruments shall be inspected by a suitably qualified externalagency at least once every twelve months.

35.5 Meteorological records shall be retained for a minimum of 12 months.

35.6 Special reports (SPECIs) shall be made and disseminated when:

1. The visibility changes to or passes 800 or 1550 metres;

2. RVR visibility changes to or passes 150, 350, 600 or 800 metres;

3. The height of base of the lowest cloud layer of BKN or OVC extentchanges to or passes 30 or 60m

35.7 The criteria for initiation of LVP are cloud ceiling and visibility or RVR. Thevisibility criteria may be based on RVR or meteorological visibility. Localinstructions shall include the specific visibility and/or RVR and cloud ceilingvalues for implementation of LVP. When either of these key elements fall below

predefined limits then approved LVP shall be activated

35.8 To implement ground procedures in LVC, the RVR information from one or moreobservation positions which are considered to be representative of the selectedtaxiing route, supplemented by pilot’s reports if applicable, shall be used. Ataerodromes being operational under low visibility conditions where taxiing routesare extensive, additional observations shall be provided.

36 RVR

36.1 Runway visual range (RVR) shall be measured by instrumental means forCategory II and III approaches as well as Low Visibili ty Take-offs.

36.2 RVR observations shall be made and reported when either the horizontalvisibility or RVR is observed/ measured to be less than 1500 metres.

36.3 RVR shall be measured with lights switched on and adjusted to the appropriatesetting for the intended operation.

36.4 RVR measurements shall be averaged over a period of one minute for digitaldisplay to Ait Traffic Services.

36.5 RVR measurements shall be continuously displayed for the controller providingAir Traffic Services for aircraft taking off and for approaching aircraft within eight

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 223/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 9, LOW VISIBILITY PROCEDURES

21

nautical miles from the runway.

36.6 Reporting shall be made in increments as follows:

1. For RVR values up to 400 metres – increments of 25 metres;

2. For RVR values 400 – 800 metres – increments of 50 metres;

3. For RVR values above 800 metres – increments of 100 metres.

36.7 For Category II and III operations the RVR shall be measured at a minimum ofthree positions, representative of the touchdown zone, the midpoint and stop endof the runway, at a lateral distance from the runway of not more than 120 metres;and

1. The site for observations to be representative of the touchdown zoneshall be located about 300 metres along the runway from the threshold;

2. The site for observations to be representative of the middle section of therunway shall be located at a distance of 1000 to 1500 metres along therunway from the threshold;

3. The site for observations to be representative of the far section of therunway shall be located at a distance of about 300 metres from theupwind end of the runway.

36.8 Multi-site RVR measurements shall be made for Low Visibility Take-off.

36.9 RVR measurements shall be recorded at intervals not exceeding one minutewhen LVP are implemented. Recordings shall be retained for a period of not lessthan 90 days.

37 Ceiling

37.1 Where cloud/ceiling height has significant effect on landings, ceilometers shall beprovided for the applicable runway.

37.2 Measurements of ceiling/cloud height shall be continuously displayed in digitalform for the controller providing Air Traffic Services for approaching aircraft within

eight nautical miles from the runway.

37.3 Ceiling measurements shall be recorded at intervals not exceeding one minutewhen LVP are implemented. Recordings shall be retained for a period of not lessthan 90 days.

Section J – Aeronautical Information Services

38 Introduction

38.1 Except as specified below, aeronautical information services shall be provided inaccordance with the general requirements of ICAO Annex 15.

39 General Requirements

39.1 Provisions shall be made for rapid dissemination of information to flight crewwhenever the operating performance of any part of the ground facilities fallsbelow the level at which it has been promulgated.

40 AIP / NOTAM

40.1 The wording of NOTAM or AIP entries shall not give the impression that suchoperations are dependent on the availability of any particular part of the ground

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 224/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 9, LOW VISIBILITY OPERATIONS

22

system. This shall include a description of procedures that will be applied as partof the LVP, together with the trigger point at which they will be implemented byAir Traffic Services.

40.2 A general entry shall be included in the ENR section of the AIP in addition to thedetailed information relating to specific aerodromes. This entry shall include adescription of the procedures for operators to obtain authorisation for LVO.

40.3 Meteorological criteria for initiation of LVP shall be published in the relevant ADsection of the AIP.

40.4 When any part of the system supporting LVO is unserviceable or downgraded, aNOTAM shall be issued, provided the failure time complies with the NOTAMissuance requirements.

41 Automatic Terminal Information Service (ATIS)

41.1 ATIS broadcasts shall be provided at aerodromes where there is a requirementto reduce the load on radio communication channels and therefore reduce theworkload on both controllers and pilots.

41.2 Availability of low visibility facilities shall be communicated to pilots by means of

the ATIS broadcast, where available, except for short notice changes which shallbe passed by radio.

The following standard phraseology shall be used in ATIS broadcasts:

“Low Visibility Procedures…(CAT II or CAT III) in operation”

41.3 Additionally, when local conditions require specific holding positions to be usedthe following message shall be used if necessary:

“Use Category XX Holding Positions”

Where XX is replaced by the relevant category of operation (II or III) asappropriate.

When LVP are terminated, the ATIS shall be updated by removing the “Low

Visibility Procedures…(CAT II or CAT III) in operation” message

Section K – Aerodrome Facilities

42 Introduction

42.1 When LVO are planned for an airport, all facilities must be considered andassessed for suitability. The requirements detailed in these regulations must beconsidered in conjunction with appropriate ICAO Annexes and documentsrelated to the airport and its facilities. Special procedures and equipment may berequired to ensure that these operations can be conducted safely.

42.2 The specific types of operations requiring establishment of LVP are:

1. Low Visibility Take-off;

2. Approach and landing operations in Category II and III weatherconditions;

3. Deteriorating weather conditions, which preclude full visual observationof the manoeuvring area.

42.3 The conduct of LVO depends on the existence of suitable runway protectionmeasures, surface movement guidance and control, emergency procedures andapron management.

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 225/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 9, LOW VISIBILITY PROCEDURES

23

42.4 The extent and complexity of the procedures will depend on the operations beingconducted while meeting the objectives as stated in paragraph .4

42.5 The physical characteristics of runways and taxiways, and the characteristics ofpre-threshold terrain shall be carefully considered to ensure safe operations inLVC.

43 Responsibility43.1 The implementation of the requirements contained in these Low Visibility

Regulations is the responsibility of the airport operator who shall ensure thatsuitable measures have been taken.

44 Apron Management

44.1 Apron management Service is normally required under LVC to provideinstructions and advise to pilots and vehicle drivers in order to managemovement of traffic on apron areas.

44.2 Local procedures shall be developed by the unit operating the apronmanagement service to manage the movement of aircraft and vehicles on the

apron for the lowest visibility conditions under which the aerodrome will maintainoperations.

44.3 A formal agreement between ATC and the Apron Management Service shalldefine the LBVP to be used and clearly state the tasks and responsibilities ofeach party in LVC, in particular including provisions for the movement of vehicleson the apron.

45 Rescue and Fire Fighting

45.1 Procedures and facilities for continuous communication between ATC andleading Rescue and Fire fighting vehicles shall be established in order tominimise response times.

45.2 All available aids, including the Surface Movement radar, shall be used to guideRescue and Fire Fighting vehicles to the location of the emergency.

45.3 Fire stations and/or standby positions on the movement area shall be used foroptimum deployment of Rescue and Fire Fighting vehicle during LVC.

Locations shall be selected according to visibility conditions in order to ensurethat acceptable response times can be achieved.

Service roads and emergency access roads shall be provided with adequatesigns and markings which enable drivers to establish their position and route inthe lowest visibility conditions in which the airport maintains operations.

46 Ground Vehicles46.1 The requirement for ATC to be continuously aware of the movement of vehicles

and other activities on the manoeuvring area assumes greater importance whenLVP are in force.

46.2 Only vehicles essential to the operation of the aerodrome and driven by anauthorised driver shall be allowed on the movement area.

46.3 Vehicle shall be equipped with an aerodrome chart permanently displayed in thedriver’s cab showing all taxiways, runways, holding points and vehicle routesmarked with their appropriate designation. The chart shall be accompanied by

8/3/2019 Car Part Viii

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/car-part-viii 226/226

CAR Part VIII Subpart 9, LOW VISIBILITY OPERATIONS

written instructions detailing the action that the driver shall take in the event thatthe vehicle shall break down or that the driver shall become unsure of hisposition on the aerodrome.

46.4 The airport operator shall ensure that drivers of vehicles permitted on themovement area of the airport are properly qualified. This shall include, asappropriate to the driver’s functions;

1. The geography of the airport;

2. Airport signs, markings and lights;

3. Radiotelephone operating procedures;

4. Terms and phrases used in aerodrome control including the phoneticalphabet;

5. Rules of air traffic services as they relate to ground operations;

6 Airport rules and procedures;